1 #LyX 1.5.3svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
94 \paragraph_separation indent
96 \quotes_language english
99 \paperpagestyle default
100 \tracking_changes false
101 \output_changes false
117 \begin_layout Standard
119 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
122 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 \begin_inset Note Note
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
155 \begin_layout Standard
156 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
310 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
313 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
318 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
319 ing sections of this documentation.
322 \begin_layout Section
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
332 of the manuals from inside LyX.
333 Just select the manual you want read from the
340 \begin_layout Section
342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
343 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
352 without resorting to configuration files.
353 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
354 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
355 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
366 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
367 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
368 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
369 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
371 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
376 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
380 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
383 \begin_layout Section
385 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
386 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
393 \begin_layout Standard
394 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
395 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
403 \begin_layout Standard
415 that will be created when using the menu
417 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_layout Standard
433 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
434 \begin_inset Note Note
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
446 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
447 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
449 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
454 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
457 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
468 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
475 \begin_layout Chapter
479 \begin_layout Section
480 Basic File Operations
481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
482 name "File Operations"
489 \begin_layout Standard
494 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
498 \begin_layout Itemize
504 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
522 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
562 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
582 a few minor differences.
585 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
594 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
595 you for a template to use.
596 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
597 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
598 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
599 (see section\InsetSpace ~
601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
602 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
609 \begin_layout Standard
611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
635 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
638 \begin_layout Standard
650 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
654 \begin_layout Standard
655 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
674 will reload the document from disk.
675 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
676 and want to restore it to the last save.
682 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
683 can identify this as your changes.
686 \begin_layout Section
687 Basic Editing Features
688 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
694 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
695 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
702 \begin_layout Standard
703 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
704 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
705 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
706 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
708 We'll start with cut and paste.
711 \begin_layout Standard
712 As you might expect, the
716 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
717 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
721 \begin_layout Itemize
727 \begin_layout Itemize
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
761 \begin_layout Standard
762 The first three are self-explanatory.
763 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
764 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
773 keys also functions as the
778 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
779 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
784 to get back the lost text.
787 \begin_layout Standard
788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
793 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
799 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
802 \begin_layout Standard
805 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
807 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
809 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
812 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
818 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
824 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
825 will start a new paragraph.
828 \begin_layout Standard
829 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
854 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
859 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
870 button to skip the current word.
876 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
882 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
884 If the toggle is set, searching for
885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
896 will not match the word
897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
911 Match whole words only
913 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
941 \begin_layout Section
943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
949 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
955 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
956 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
963 \begin_layout Standard
964 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
965 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
971 to undo some mistake.
972 If you accidentally undo too much, use
974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
985 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
990 \begin_layout Standard
991 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
992 it was last saved, the
993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1000 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1001 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1013 work on almost everything in LyX.
1014 They have some quirks, too.
1023 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1024 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1032 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1033 surely appreciate how it works.
1036 \begin_layout Section
1038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1039 name "Mouse Operations"
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1047 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1050 \begin_layout Enumerate
1055 \begin_layout Itemize
1060 once anywhere in the edit window.
1061 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1065 \begin_layout Enumerate
1070 \begin_layout Itemize
1076 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1082 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1085 \begin_layout Itemize
1086 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1095 \begin_layout Enumerate
1096 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1100 \begin_layout Standard
1105 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1106 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1107 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1111 \begin_layout Enumerate
1116 \begin_layout Standard
1121 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1126 \begin_layout Section
1128 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1129 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1134 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1142 \begin_layout Standard
1143 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1144 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1146 LyX's default is CUA.
1149 \begin_layout Standard
1176 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1180 \begin_layout Labeling
1181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1185 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1187 description "Tabulator key"
1193 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1194 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1196 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1197 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1203 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1207 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1210 reference "sub:Lists"
1216 If you're still confused, look in the
1223 \begin_layout Labeling
1224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1228 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1230 description "Escape key"
1237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1244 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1245 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1248 \begin_layout Labeling
1249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1260 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1261 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1265 \begin_layout Standard
1266 There are three modifier keys:
1269 \begin_layout Labeling
1270 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1288 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1290 description "Control key"
1294 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1295 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1299 \begin_layout Itemize
1308 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1311 \begin_layout Itemize
1320 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1323 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1336 \begin_layout Labeling
1337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1355 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1357 description "Shift key"
1361 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1362 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1365 \begin_layout Labeling
1366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1384 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Meta or Alt key"
1390 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1391 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1392 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1398 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1400 menu accelerator keys
1403 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1404 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1408 \begin_layout Standard
1409 For example, the sequence
1410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1461 \begin_layout Standard
1462 There are also other things bound to the
1466 key, but you'll have to check in the
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1480 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1481 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1482 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1483 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1484 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1485 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1501 followed by a capital
1507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1525 \begin_layout Chapter
1527 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 \begin_layout Section
1537 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1538 name "Document ! Types"
1545 \begin_layout Subsection
1549 \begin_layout Standard
1550 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1551 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1552 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1553 numbering schemes, and so on.
1554 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1555 and format the title of your document differently.
1558 \begin_layout Standard
1563 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1564 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1565 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1566 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1567 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1570 \begin_layout Standard
1571 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1572 how to adjust their properties.
1575 \begin_layout Subsection
1577 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1578 name "Document ! Classes"
1583 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1584 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1591 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1600 \begin_layout Description
1601 Article for basic articles
1604 \begin_layout Description
1605 Report for basic reports
1608 \begin_layout Description
1609 Book for writing a book
1612 \begin_layout Description
1613 Letter for US-style letters
1616 \begin_layout Standard
1617 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1619 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1620 can be found in chapter
1622 Special Document Classes
1631 \begin_layout Description
1632 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1635 \begin_layout Description
1642 \begin_layout Standard
1651 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1655 \begin_layout Description
1656 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1657 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1658 There are three article layouts available.
1659 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1660 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1661 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1662 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1667 sequential numbering
1668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1671 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1672 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1673 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1674 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1677 \begin_layout Description
1678 Beamer Layout for presentations
1681 \begin_layout Description
1682 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1683 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1687 \begin_layout Description
1688 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1689 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1692 \begin_layout Description
1693 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1696 \begin_layout Description
1699 Die TeXnische Komödie
1701 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1704 \begin_layout Description
1705 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1708 \begin_layout Description
1709 Foils Used to make transparencies
1712 \begin_layout Description
1713 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1716 \begin_layout Description
1717 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1718 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1722 \begin_layout Description
1723 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1724 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1727 \begin_layout Description
1728 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1731 \begin_layout Description
1732 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1735 \begin_layout Description
1736 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1737 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1740 \begin_layout Description
1741 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1744 \begin_layout Description
1749 LaTeX document class
1752 \begin_layout Description
1753 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1756 \begin_layout Description
1761 \begin_layout Standard
1768 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1769 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1771 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1774 \begin_layout Description
1775 Slides Used to make transparencies
1778 \begin_layout Description
1780 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1781 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1784 \begin_layout Description
1785 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1788 \begin_layout Description
1793 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1797 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1799 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1804 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1805 of the document classes.
1808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1813 You can select a class using the
1815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1817 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1818 name "Document ! Settings"
1825 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 Each class has a default set of options.
1835 Here's a quick table describing them:
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1845 \begin_layout Standard
1847 \begin_inset Tabular
1848 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1855 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1886 \begin_layout Standard
1901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1904 \begin_layout Standard
1919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1922 \begin_layout Standard
1938 <row topline="true">
1939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1942 \begin_layout Standard
1956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1995 \begin_layout Standard
2010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2013 \begin_layout Standard
2029 <row topline="true">
2030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2033 \begin_layout Standard
2047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2050 \begin_layout Standard
2065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2068 \begin_layout Standard
2083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2104 \begin_layout Standard
2120 <row topline="true">
2121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2124 \begin_layout Standard
2138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2141 \begin_layout Standard
2156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2177 \begin_layout Standard
2192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2195 \begin_layout Standard
2211 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2215 \begin_layout Standard
2229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2232 \begin_layout Standard
2247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2250 \begin_layout Standard
2265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2268 \begin_layout Standard
2283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2286 \begin_layout Standard
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2309 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2315 \begin_layout Standard
2316 You're probably also wondering what
2317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2326 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2327 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2332 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2337 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2347 headings, there are also
2355 headings, and so on.
2356 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2358 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2359 reference "sub:Headings"
2366 \begin_layout Subsection
2368 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2369 name "Document ! Layout"
2374 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2375 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2383 name "Document ! Settings"
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2391 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2403 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2406 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2408 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2409 to use for your document.
2410 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2414 \begin_layout Standard
2424 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2425 You can choose between the following five options:
2428 \begin_layout Labeling
2429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2434 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2437 \begin_layout Labeling
2438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2443 No page numbers or headings.
2446 \begin_layout Labeling
2447 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2455 \begin_layout Labeling
2456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2461 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2462 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2463 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2466 \begin_layout Labeling
2467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2472 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2476 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2477 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2484 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2485 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2487 Check the documentation for the
2491 package for more details,
2492 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2500 \begin_layout Standard
2505 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2508 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2515 \begin_layout Subsection
2516 Paper Size and Orientation
2517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2518 name "Document ! Paper size"
2523 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2524 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 You'll find the following options in the menu
2537 of the dialog of the
2539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2546 name "Document ! Settings"
2553 \begin_layout Labeling
2554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2559 What size paper to print on.
2563 \begin_layout Itemize
2569 \begin_layout Itemize
2579 \begin_layout Itemize
2585 \begin_layout Itemize
2591 \begin_layout Itemize
2597 \begin_layout Itemize
2603 \begin_layout Itemize
2609 \begin_layout Labeling
2610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2615 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2626 \begin_layout Labeling
2627 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2630 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2633 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2634 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2637 \begin_layout Subsection
2639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2640 name "Document ! Margins"
2645 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2651 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 Paper margins are set in the menu
2662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2668 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2669 name "Document ! Settings"
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2678 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2679 the paper format and the font size into account.
2682 \begin_layout Subsection
2686 \begin_layout Standard
2687 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2692 That includes the paragraph environments.
2693 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2694 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2695 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2696 paragraph environments to
2700 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2701 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2702 the conversion and why it failed.
2705 \begin_layout Section
2706 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2707 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2708 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2715 \begin_layout Subsection
2717 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2718 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2727 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2732 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2733 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2734 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2738 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2744 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2745 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2746 language than English.
2747 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2750 \begin_layout Standard
2751 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2752 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2754 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2755 LyX takes care of that.
2756 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2758 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2759 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2760 of a page, and so on.
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2765 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2770 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2771 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2775 of these pre-coded spacings.
2776 We'll explain more later.
2779 \begin_layout Subsection
2780 Paragraph Separation
2781 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2782 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2789 \begin_layout Standard
2790 To separate paragraphs, select
2805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2807 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2808 name "Document ! Settings"
2814 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2815 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2816 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2819 \begin_layout Standard
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2830 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2832 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2833 reference "cap:Units"
2838 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2842 \begin_layout Subsection
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2847 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2850 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2851 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2854 dialog and toggle the
2859 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2860 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2861 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2865 \begin_layout Standard
2866 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2867 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2870 \begin_layout Subsection
2872 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2873 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2880 \begin_layout Standard
2883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2886 name "Document ! Settings"
2892 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2901 \begin_layout Standard
2902 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2906 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2912 installed to use this feature.
2920 \begin_layout Section
2921 Paragraph Environments
2922 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2923 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2928 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2929 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2935 name "Paragraph environments|("
2942 \begin_layout Subsection
2946 \begin_layout Standard
2947 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2950 \begin_layout Standard
2970 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2971 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2972 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2981 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2984 \begin_layout Standard
2985 A paragraph environment is simply a
2986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2993 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2994 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2995 scheme, labels, and so on.
2996 Additionally, you can
2997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3004 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3005 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3006 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3007 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3008 days of typewriters.
3009 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3011 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3014 \begin_layout Standard
3015 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3017 LyX will change the environment of the
3021 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3022 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3023 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3027 \begin_layout Standard
3036 create a new paragraph using the
3040 paragraph environment.
3042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3049 because if you are in one of these environments:
3052 \begin_layout Itemize
3058 \begin_layout Itemize
3064 \begin_layout Itemize
3070 \begin_layout Itemize
3076 \begin_layout Itemize
3082 \begin_layout Itemize
3088 \begin_layout Itemize
3094 \begin_layout Standard
3095 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3099 , rather than resetting it to
3104 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3105 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3106 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3108 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3109 reference "sec:Nesting"
3114 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3119 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3120 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3128 \begin_layout Subsection
3132 \begin_layout Standard
3133 The default paragraph environment is
3138 It creates a plain paragraph.
3139 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3140 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3141 this manual) are in the
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You can nest a paragraph using the
3153 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3161 \begin_layout Subsection
3163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3164 name "Document !Title"
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3172 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3181 for thanks or contact information.
3182 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3183 page along with today's date.
3184 For other types of documents, the title
3185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3192 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3196 \begin_layout Standard
3197 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3211 Here's how you use them:
3214 \begin_layout Itemize
3215 Put the title of your document in the
3222 \begin_layout Itemize
3223 Put the author name in the
3230 \begin_layout Itemize
3231 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3232 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3238 Note that using this environment is optional.
3239 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3240 If you don't want any date, add the line
3250 to the preamble of your document (menu
3252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3258 \begin_layout Standard
3259 You can use footnotes to insert
3260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3267 or contact informations.
3270 \begin_layout Subsection
3272 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3273 name "Section headings"
3278 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3286 \begin_layout Standard
3287 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3288 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3294 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3301 \begin_layout Standard
3302 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3306 \begin_layout Enumerate
3312 \begin_layout Enumerate
3318 \begin_layout Enumerate
3324 \begin_layout Enumerate
3330 \begin_layout Enumerate
3336 \begin_layout Enumerate
3342 \begin_layout Enumerate
3348 \begin_layout Standard
3349 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3350 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3351 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3355 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3356 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3357 You group the book into chapters.
3358 LyX does similar grouping:
3361 \begin_layout Itemize
3366 is divided in either
3375 \begin_layout Itemize
3387 \begin_layout Itemize
3399 \begin_layout Itemize
3411 \begin_layout Itemize
3423 \begin_layout Itemize
3435 \begin_layout Standard
3436 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3444 Not all document types use the
3448 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3453 is the top-level heading.
3461 \begin_layout Standard
3466 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3467 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3469 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3484 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3492 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3496 \begin_layout Enumerate
3502 \begin_layout Enumerate
3508 \begin_layout Enumerate
3514 \begin_layout Enumerate
3520 \begin_layout Enumerate
3526 \begin_layout Standard
3528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3535 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3536 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3537 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3539 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3548 Changing the Numbering
3549 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3550 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3557 \begin_layout Standard
3558 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3559 in the Table of Contents.
3560 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3562 Certain classes start with
3576 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3586 This is something you can change.
3589 \begin_layout Standard
3592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3598 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3599 name "Document ! Settings"
3607 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3611 you'll see two counters.
3616 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3618 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3623 Short Titles of Headings
3624 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3625 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3640 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3641 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3648 \begin_layout Standard
3649 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3650 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3651 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3652 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3655 \begin_layout Standard
3656 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3657 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3658 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3659 To specify a short title, use the menu
3661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3666 This will insert a box labeled
3667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3682 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3683 This also works for captions inside floats.
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 The following information applies to all section headings:
3698 \begin_layout Itemize
3699 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3702 \begin_layout Itemize
3703 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3706 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3710 \begin_layout Itemize
3711 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3714 \begin_layout Subsection
3715 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3733 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3734 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3735 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3736 the text they contain.
3737 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3745 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3748 \begin_layout Standard
3749 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3758 when you start a new paragraph.
3759 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3763 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3764 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3765 to change back to the
3769 environment yourself.
3772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3782 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3796 \begin_layout Standard
3797 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3798 time for the differences.
3807 are identical except for one difference:
3811 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3820 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3823 \begin_layout Standard
3824 Here's an example of the
3837 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3839 See -- no indentation!
3843 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3844 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3845 the other paragraph.
3848 \begin_layout Standard
3849 Here's another example, this time in the
3856 \begin_layout Quotation
3862 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3863 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3864 the first line, then
3868 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3872 you were quoting other text.
3875 \begin_layout Quotation
3876 Here's a new paragraph.
3877 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3878 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 As the examples show,
3886 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3887 They should put quotes in the
3892 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3896 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3906 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3919 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3927 \begin_layout Standard
3932 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3939 Which I did not rehearse!
3943 It could be much worse.
3944 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3946 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3947 indented a bit more than the first.
3948 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3955 And make things look fine
3964 \begin_layout Standard
3969 does not indent both margins.
3970 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3971 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3982 \begin_layout Subsection
3984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3990 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3998 \begin_layout Standard
3999 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4009 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4018 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4019 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4020 some general features of all four of them.
4023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4030 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4039 reset the environment to
4043 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4044 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4045 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4050 to break paragraphs.
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4055 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4057 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4058 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4060 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4061 reference "sec:Nesting"
4069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4075 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4076 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4081 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4089 \begin_layout Standard
4090 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4094 paragraph environment.
4095 It has the following properties:
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4099 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4103 \begin_layout Itemize
4104 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4107 \begin_layout Itemize
4108 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4112 \begin_layout Itemize
4113 The items can have any length.
4114 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4115 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4122 \begin_layout Itemize
4127 environment inside another
4131 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4135 \begin_layout Itemize
4136 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4139 \begin_layout Itemize
4140 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4143 \begin_layout Itemize
4144 See section\InsetSpace ~
4146 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4147 reference "sec:Nesting"
4151 for a full explanation of nesting.
4155 \begin_layout Standard
4156 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4165 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4168 \begin_layout Standard
4169 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4170 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4171 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4175 The label for the first level
4179 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4183 \begin_layout Itemize
4184 The label for the second level is a dash.
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4189 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4193 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4198 \begin_layout Itemize
4199 Back out to the third level.
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 Back to the second level.
4208 \begin_layout Itemize
4209 Back to the outermost level.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 These are the default labels for an
4218 You can customize these labels in the
4220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4223 dialog in the submenu
4230 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4231 name "Document ! Settings"
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4239 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4240 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4241 in section\InsetSpace ~
4243 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4244 reference "sec:Nesting"
4251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4258 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4263 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4264 name "sec:Enumerate"
4271 \begin_layout Standard
4276 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4277 It has these properties:
4280 \begin_layout Enumerate
4281 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4285 \begin_layout Enumerate
4286 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4290 \begin_layout Enumerate
4291 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 environment resets the counter to one.
4302 \begin_layout Enumerate
4315 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4317 Items can have any length.
4320 \begin_layout Enumerate
4321 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4333 \begin_layout Standard
4342 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4343 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4350 \begin_layout Enumerate
4351 The first level of an
4355 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4359 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4364 \begin_layout Enumerate
4365 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4369 \begin_layout Enumerate
4370 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4373 \begin_layout Enumerate
4374 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4379 \begin_layout Enumerate
4380 Back to the third level
4384 \begin_layout Enumerate
4385 Back to the second level.
4389 \begin_layout Enumerate
4390 Back to the outermost level.
4393 \begin_layout Standard
4394 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4399 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4404 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 There is more to nesting
4413 environments than we've stated here.
4414 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4416 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4417 reference "sec:Nesting"
4421 to learn more about nesting.
4424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4430 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4431 name "Lists ! Description"
4436 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4437 name "sec:Description-List"
4444 \begin_layout Standard
4445 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4449 list has no fixed label.
4450 Instead, LyX uses the first
4451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4458 of the first line as the label.
4462 \begin_layout Description
4463 Example: This is an example of the
4470 \begin_layout Standard
4471 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4484 it is meant that the first hit of the
4488 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4490 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4502 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4503 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4506 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4509 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4513 for more info.) Here is an example:
4516 \begin_layout Description
4518 Example: This one shows how to use a
4520 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4530 \begin_layout Description
4531 Usage: You should use the
4535 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4536 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4538 It's not a good idea to use a
4542 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4543 You're better off using
4555 paragraphs into them.
4558 \begin_layout Description
4559 Nesting: You can nest
4563 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4569 them from the first line.
4572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4579 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4584 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4597 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4601 \begin_layout Standard
4610 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4611 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4614 \begin_layout Labeling
4615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4617 labels LyX uses the first
4618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4625 of each line as the item label.
4630 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4631 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4632 blank as described above.
4635 \begin_layout Labeling
4636 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4637 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4638 the body of the item text.
4639 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4640 label width plus a little extra space.
4644 \begin_layout Labeling
4645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4647 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4649 If the label width is larger, the label
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4657 into the first line.
4658 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4659 margin of the rest of the item text.
4662 \begin_layout Labeling
4663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4664 default\InsetSpace ~
4665 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4670 environment have the same left margin.
4672 To change the default width, select
4673 all items in the list.
4676 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4677 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4683 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4686 determines the default label width.
4687 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4696 multiple times instead.
4697 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4706 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4708 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4711 every time you alter a label in a
4717 The predefined default width is the length of
4718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4737 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4738 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4746 \begin_layout Standard
4751 environment the same way like the
4755 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4761 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4770 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4772 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4773 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4775 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4776 reference "sec:Nesting"
4780 to learn about nesting.
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 There is yet another feature of the
4788 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4790 You can use additional
4794 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4799 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4801 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4802 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4807 Here are some examples:
4810 \begin_layout Labeling
4811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4812 Left The default for
4819 \begin_layout Labeling
4820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4827 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4830 \begin_layout Labeling
4831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4840 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4843 \begin_layout Subsection
4845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4867 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4878 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4879 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4880 In contrast, you can use the
4889 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4890 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4894 \begin_layout Standard
4895 Of course, you're not limited to using
4910 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4911 some European academic papers.
4914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4917 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4929 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4930 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4936 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4937 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4938 Here's an example of each:
4941 \begin_layout Right Address
4948 When is it? What is today?
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4958 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4959 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4960 Here's an example of the
4967 \begin_layout Address
4970 Where do I send this
4972 Your post office and country
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 As you can see, both
4985 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4990 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4996 This makes sense, since
5004 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5005 Thus, you have to use
5015 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5016 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5024 menu) to start a new line in an
5036 \begin_layout Subsection
5040 \begin_layout Standard
5041 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5042 or list of references.
5043 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5050 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5058 \begin_layout Standard
5063 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5064 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5065 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5066 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5070 in anything else or vice versa.
5076 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5077 The book document classes ignores the
5081 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5085 in a letter document class.
5088 \begin_layout Standard
5093 environment does several things for you.
5094 First, it puts the centered label
5095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5103 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5105 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5106 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5107 the subsequent text.
5108 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5109 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5117 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5118 The new paragraph will still be in the
5123 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5124 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5127 \begin_layout Standard
5128 \begin_inset Float figure
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5135 \begin_inset Graphics
5136 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset Caption
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5149 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5170 \begin_layout Standard
5171 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5175 environment, but since this document is in the
5176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5183 class, we can't do this.
5184 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5187 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5192 If you've never heard of an
5193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5200 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5209 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5215 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5216 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5228 environment is used to list references.
5229 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5230 only use it at the end of the document.
5235 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5239 When you first open a
5243 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5259 depending on the document class.
5260 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5261 Each paragraph of the
5265 environment is a bibliography entry.
5270 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5271 Each new paragraph is still in the
5278 \begin_layout Standard
5279 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5280 in section\InsetSpace ~
5282 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5283 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5290 \begin_layout Subsection
5294 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5295 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5300 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5313 environment is another LyX extension.
5314 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5319 key as a fixed whitespace;
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5334 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5337 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5342 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5343 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5361 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5362 So, when you finish using the
5366 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5367 Also, you can nest the
5371 environment inside of others.
5374 \begin_layout Standard
5375 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5383 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5395 \begin_layout Itemize
5408 \begin_layout Itemize
5413 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5431 You must put at least one
5435 in any line you want blank.
5436 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5444 since that will insert
5449 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5457 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5460 \begin_layout Standard
5464 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5468 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5472 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5476 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5481 printf("Hello World!
5486 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5490 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5495 This is just the standard
5496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5512 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5513 rc-files, and so on.
5514 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5515 as if you used a typewriter.
5516 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5517 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5524 \begin_layout Section
5525 Nesting Environments
5526 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5527 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5532 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5540 \begin_layout Subsection
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5547 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5549 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5551 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5563 \begin_layout Enumerate
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5572 \begin_layout Enumerate
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5586 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5587 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5589 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5595 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5603 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5604 will tell you how far you are nested).
5605 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5606 \begin_inset Graphics
5607 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5612 \begin_inset Graphics
5613 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5617 or the convenient key bindings
5625 to change the nesting level.
5626 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5627 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5632 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5633 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5634 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5635 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5639 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5640 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5642 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5645 \begin_layout Subsection
5646 What You Can and Can't Nest
5649 \begin_layout Standard
5650 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5651 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5655 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5656 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5657 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5660 \begin_layout Itemize
5661 Completely unnestable
5664 \begin_layout Itemize
5665 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5666 other things inside of them.
5669 \begin_layout Itemize
5670 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5676 environments have them:
5679 \begin_layout Description
5680 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5681 Can't nest into them.
5685 \begin_layout Itemize
5691 \begin_layout Itemize
5697 \begin_layout Itemize
5705 \begin_layout Itemize
5711 \begin_layout Itemize
5717 \begin_layout Itemize
5725 \begin_layout Itemize
5731 \begin_layout Itemize
5737 \begin_layout Itemize
5743 \begin_layout Itemize
5749 \begin_layout Itemize
5755 \begin_layout Itemize
5761 \begin_layout Itemize
5767 \begin_layout Itemize
5773 \begin_layout Itemize
5779 \begin_layout Itemize
5785 \begin_layout Itemize
5792 \begin_layout Description
5794 Nestable You can nest them.
5795 You can nest other things into them.
5799 \begin_layout Itemize
5805 \begin_layout Itemize
5811 \begin_layout Itemize
5817 \begin_layout Itemize
5823 \begin_layout Itemize
5829 \begin_layout Itemize
5835 \begin_layout Itemize
5841 \begin_layout Itemize
5848 \begin_layout Description
5849 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5850 You can't nest anything into them.
5854 \begin_layout Itemize
5860 \begin_layout Itemize
5867 \begin_layout Itemize
5874 \begin_layout Standard
5879 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5893 \begin_layout Subsection
5894 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5895 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5896 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5901 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5902 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5909 \begin_layout Standard
5910 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5911 affected by nesting anyhow.
5915 \begin_layout Itemize
5919 \begin_layout Itemize
5923 \begin_layout Itemize
5927 \begin_layout Standard
5929 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5932 \begin_layout Standard
5937 If you put a figure or a table in a
5941 , this is no longer true.
5946 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5948 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5949 reference "sec:Floats"
5953 for more informations about
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5961 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5962 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5967 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5975 of its own, it behaves just like a
5976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5983 paragraph environment.
5984 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5988 \begin_layout Standard
5989 Here's an example with a table:
5992 \begin_layout Enumerate
5997 \begin_layout Enumerate
5998 This is (a) and it's nested.
6002 \begin_layout Standard
6003 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6009 \begin_layout Standard
6011 \begin_inset Tabular
6012 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6016 <row topline="true">
6017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6020 \begin_layout Standard
6035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6038 \begin_layout Standard
6054 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6076 \begin_layout Standard
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6100 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6107 \begin_layout Enumerate
6109 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6113 \begin_layout Enumerate
6117 \begin_layout Standard
6118 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6121 \begin_layout Enumerate
6126 \begin_layout Enumerate
6127 This is (a) and it's nested.
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6132 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6140 \begin_inset Tabular
6141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6145 <row topline="true">
6146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6149 \begin_layout Standard
6164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6183 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6205 \begin_layout Standard
6228 \begin_layout Standard
6229 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6242 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6245 \begin_layout Enumerate
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6250 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6254 \begin_layout Standard
6255 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6257 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6260 \begin_layout Enumerate
6265 \begin_layout Enumerate
6266 This is (a) and it's nested.
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6278 \begin_inset Tabular
6279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6283 <row topline="true">
6284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6287 \begin_layout Standard
6302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6321 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6343 \begin_layout Standard
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6373 \begin_layout Enumerate
6375 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6383 \begin_layout Enumerate
6387 \begin_layout Standard
6388 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6394 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6395 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6399 \begin_layout Subsection
6400 Usage and General Features
6401 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6402 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6409 \begin_layout Standard
6410 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6419 is the innermost possible depth.
6420 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6423 \begin_layout Enumerate
6424 level #1 - outermost
6428 \begin_layout Enumerate
6433 \begin_layout Enumerate
6438 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 \begin_layout Itemize
6448 \begin_layout Itemize
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6458 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6459 both of them in the example.
6460 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6470 For example, if we tried to nest another
6475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6485 \begin_layout Subsection
6487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6488 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6497 We have several examples of nested environments.
6498 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6503 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6506 \begin_layout Labeling
6507 \labelwidthstring MMM
6508 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6517 \begin_layout Labeling
6518 \labelwidthstring MMM
6519 #2-a This is level #2.
6520 We created it by using
6532 \begin_layout Labeling
6533 \labelwidthstring MMM
6534 #3-a This is level #3.
6535 This time, we just hit
6544 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6557 \begin_layout Standard
6562 environment, nested inside of
6563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6571 So, it's at level #4.
6572 We did this by hitting
6580 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6585 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6601 \begin_layout Standard
6606 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6613 \begin_layout Labeling
6614 \labelwidthstring MMM
6615 #4-a This is level #4.
6620 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6625 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6629 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6634 keep nesting things inside of
6635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6646 \begin_layout Labeling
6647 \labelwidthstring MMM
6648 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 \begin_layout Labeling
6654 \labelwidthstring MMM
6655 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6656 and this is level #6.
6657 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6661 \begin_layout Labeling
6662 \labelwidthstring MMM
6663 #5-b Back to level #5.
6676 \begin_layout Labeling
6677 \labelwidthstring MMM
6686 , we're back at level #4.
6690 \begin_layout Labeling
6691 \labelwidthstring MMM
6692 #3-b Back to level #3.
6693 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6697 \begin_layout Labeling
6698 \labelwidthstring MMM
6699 #2-b Back to level #2.
6704 \begin_layout Labeling
6705 \labelwidthstring MMM
6706 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6707 After this sentence, we'll hit
6711 and change the paragraph environment back to
6718 \begin_layout Standard
6719 We could have also used the
6735 environment in place of the
6740 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6744 Example 2: Inheritance
6747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6748 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6751 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6761 , after which, we'll change to the
6769 \begin_layout Enumerate
6774 environment, at level #2.
6777 \begin_layout Enumerate
6778 Notice how the nested
6782 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6786 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6790 \begin_layout Standard
6791 We ended this example by hitting
6796 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6800 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6808 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6820 \begin_layout Standard
6821 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 This is level #1, in an
6834 paragraph environment.
6835 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6839 \begin_layout Enumerate
6850 Now, what happens if we nest an
6854 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6855 label be? An asterisk?
6859 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6870 So, its label is a bullet.
6871 (We got here by using
6879 , then changing the environment to
6887 \begin_layout Itemize
6888 Here's level #4, produced using
6897 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 \begin_layout Enumerate
6903 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6905 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6910 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6914 , because we are in the
6938 \begin_layout Enumerate
6943 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6944 type of numbering does LyX use?
6947 \begin_layout Enumerate
6948 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6952 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6955 \begin_layout Enumerate
6960 to decrease the depth after the next
6968 \begin_layout Enumerate
6970 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6974 \begin_layout Enumerate
6976 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6977 numeral as the label.Why?
6980 \begin_layout Enumerate
6981 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6990 Notice, however, that LyX
6994 reset the counter for the label.
6998 \begin_layout Enumerate
7007 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7008 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7009 into the twofold-nested
7017 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 The same thing happens if we do another
7026 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7035 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7049 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7055 The same rule applies for the
7059 environment, as well.
7062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7063 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7068 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7069 same detail with how we did it.
7078 \begin_layout Standard
7081 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7083 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7084 example in parentheses someplace.
7085 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7086 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7087 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7091 \begin_layout Enumerate
7096 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7101 Now we'll add verse.
7103 It will get much worse.
7107 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7113 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7115 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7127 \begin_layout Standard
7128 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7136 \begin_inset Tabular
7137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7179 <row topline="true">
7180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7183 \begin_layout Standard
7198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7228 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7232 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7238 \begin_layout Enumerate
7243 : level #1) This is another item.
7244 Note that selecting a
7248 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7249 3 times to put the table inside the
7257 \begin_layout Quotation
7258 We're now ending the
7262 list and changing to
7267 We're still at level #1.
7268 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7269 The next set of paragraphs is a
7270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7286 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7290 for the letter body.
7295 to preserve the depth.
7296 Remember that you need to use
7300 to create multiple lines inside the
7314 \begin_layout Right Address
7317 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7322 \begin_layout Address
7323 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7327 \begin_layout Quotation
7328 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7329 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7332 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7333 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7334 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7335 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7336 as soon as possible.
7337 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7340 \begin_layout Quotation
7341 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7342 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7343 with your order, along with payment.
7346 \begin_layout Quotation
7347 We thank you again for your patience.
7350 \begin_layout Address
7357 \begin_layout Quotation
7358 That ends that example!
7361 \begin_layout Standard
7362 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7363 just a few keystrokes.
7364 We could have easily nested an
7385 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7388 \begin_layout Section
7389 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7392 \begin_layout Subsection
7394 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7395 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7409 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7410 in a uniform fashion.
7411 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7412 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7413 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7414 equally between themselves.
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7423 can be inserted with
7425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7426 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7427 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7431 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7436 This is on the left side
7438 This is on the right
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 That was an example in the
7468 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7474 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7477 is one in a standard paragraph.
7478 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7482 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7485 \begin_layout Standard
7486 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7487 Here's an example with the
7494 \begin_layout Labeling
7495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7507 \begin_layout Standard
7509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7516 marks the beginning of the item.
7517 (There is actually a
7518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7525 HFill inside of the label of the
7529 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7538 situations, like two-column mode.
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7550 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7554 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7555 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7556 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7566 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7582 Other space variants
7583 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7584 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7591 \begin_layout Standard
7592 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7593 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7601 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7603 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7606 \begin_layout Paragraph
7610 \begin_layout Standard
7611 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7612 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7623 For example the command
7630 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7633 cm space within the following line:
7636 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7645 \begin_layout Standard
7655 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7659 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7662 cm space between the arrows.
7665 \begin_layout Standard
7666 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7668 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7669 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7676 \begin_layout Paragraph
7680 \begin_layout Standard
7681 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7683 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7686 \begin_layout Standard
7687 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7690 What is correct English?:
7695 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7717 \begin_layout Standard
7728 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7734 \begin_layout Standard
7735 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7746 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7753 In our case write the command
7760 (note the space after
7761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7768 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7769 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7770 That is why it is named
7771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7783 There exists also the commands
7795 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7796 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7797 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7798 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7810 \begin_layout Subsection
7812 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7813 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7820 \begin_layout Standard
7821 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7824 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7825 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7829 There you find the following sizes:
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7845 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7850 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7855 name "Document ! Settings"
7861 for the paragraph separation.
7862 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7873 \begin_layout Standard
7878 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7879 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7881 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7882 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7891 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7895 \begin_layout Standard
7900 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7902 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7903 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7912 If there are several
7916 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7917 You can therefore use
7921 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7924 \begin_layout Standard
7929 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7932 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7939 \begin_layout Standard
7940 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7943 \begin_layout Standard
7950 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7951 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7963 \begin_layout Subsection
7967 \begin_layout Standard
7968 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7974 There are four possibilities:
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Itemize
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
8001 \begin_layout Standard
8002 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8003 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8004 the left and right margins.
8005 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8008 \begin_layout Standard
8010 This paragraph is right aligned,
8013 \begin_layout Standard
8015 this one is centered,
8018 \begin_layout Standard
8020 this one is left aligned.
8023 \begin_layout Subsection
8025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8026 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8031 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8032 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8039 \begin_layout Standard
8040 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8041 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8042 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8043 Only if you use many
8047 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8050 \begin_layout Standard
8051 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8052 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8056 have to change the pagebreaking.
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8060 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8062 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8065 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8070 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8071 that it fills out the complete page.
8072 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8073 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8074 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8085 \begin_layout Standard
8086 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8099 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8100 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8104 \begin_layout Standard
8105 normally one uses simply
8117 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8118 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8121 \begin_layout Standard
8122 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8123 at the top of a page.
8124 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8125 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8126 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8127 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8129 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8130 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8143 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8144 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8149 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8150 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8157 \begin_layout Standard
8158 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8159 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8160 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8161 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8162 if necessary by adding pages.
8165 \begin_layout Standard
8166 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8169 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8177 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8182 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8183 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8186 \begin_layout Subsection
8188 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8194 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8195 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8202 \begin_layout Standard
8203 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8205 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8208 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8217 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8218 whole space between the page margins.
8219 This is necessary to avoid
8220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8227 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8228 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8240 The syntax is similar tho the command
8246 , described in the previous section.
8249 \begin_layout Standard
8250 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8251 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8252 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8253 set a linebreak, e.g.
8254 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8257 reference "sec:Quote"
8262 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8263 reference "sec:Verse"
8268 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8269 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8276 \begin_layout Subsection
8278 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8287 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8288 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8289 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8290 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8292 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8298 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8299 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8304 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8305 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8312 \begin_layout Standard
8313 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8314 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8315 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8316 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8317 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8320 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8325 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8326 In this case, insert one with
8328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8329 Special\InsetSpace ~
8330 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8331 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8344 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8349 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8350 name "Spaces ! protected"
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8358 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8360 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8364 Further documentation is given in section
8367 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8368 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8391 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8400 A protected space is set with
8402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8403 Special\InsetSpace ~
8404 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8419 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8421 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8422 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8428 name "Spaces ! thin"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8444 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8453 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8454 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8455 inside abbreviations:
8459 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8461 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8462 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8466 \begin_layout Standard
8467 or between values and units.
8468 Compare for example this:
8470 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8476 \begin_layout Standard
8477 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8480 Special\InsetSpace ~
8481 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8496 \begin_layout Standard
8497 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8498 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8499 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8501 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8502 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8511 Te latter means to type
8515 space-insert <command>
8522 into the command buffer, where
8526 is one of the following:
8530 \begin_layout Standard
8532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8539 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8542 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8554 \begin_layout Standard
8556 \begin_inset Tabular
8557 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8562 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8566 \begin_layout Standard
8574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8597 <row topline="true">
8598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8601 \begin_layout Standard
8609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8612 \begin_layout Standard
8619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8622 \begin_layout Standard
8629 <row topline="true">
8630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8633 \begin_layout Standard
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Standard
8661 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Standard
8673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8676 \begin_layout Standard
8683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8686 \begin_layout Standard
8693 <row bottomline="true">
8694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8697 \begin_layout Standard
8705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8708 \begin_layout Standard
8715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8718 \begin_layout Standard
8725 <row bottomline="true">
8726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8740 \begin_layout Standard
8747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8750 \begin_layout Standard
8757 <row bottomline="true">
8758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8761 \begin_layout Standard
8769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8772 \begin_layout Standard
8779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8782 \begin_layout Standard
8789 <row bottomline="true">
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Standard
8801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8804 \begin_layout Standard
8811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8814 \begin_layout Standard
8821 <row bottomline="true">
8822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8825 \begin_layout Standard
8833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8836 \begin_layout Standard
8843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8846 \begin_layout Standard
8860 \begin_layout Subsection
8862 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8863 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8869 name "Horizontal lines"
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8882 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8883 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8886 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8892 \begin_layout Section
8893 Fonts and Text Styles
8894 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8895 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8902 \begin_layout Subsection
8904 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8912 \begin_layout Standard
8913 There are two types of fonts:
8916 \begin_layout Description
8919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8920 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8924 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8925 characters) in the font.
8926 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8927 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8928 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8929 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8930 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8931 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8932 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8933 provide a good image.
8935 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8936 size and scale them.
8937 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8938 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8939 sizes than at small ones.
8957 \begin_layout Description
8960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8961 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8965 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8966 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8967 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8968 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8969 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8970 picture manipulation program.
8971 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8972 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8973 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8974 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8975 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8977 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8978 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8980 Bitmap fonts are named
8986 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8989 \begin_layout Standard
8990 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8991 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8992 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8993 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8997 \begin_layout Standard
8998 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8999 its document properties.
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9003 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9004 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9005 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9006 font to emphasize text, you use an
9007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9015 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9016 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9020 \begin_layout Subsection
9021 Document Font and Font size
9022 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9023 name "sub:Document-Font"
9028 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9034 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9035 name "Document ! Font"
9042 \begin_layout Standard
9043 You can set the document fonts in the
9045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9049 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9050 name "Document ! Settings"
9055 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9056 font shapes roman (serif),
9068 \begin_layout Standard
9069 The possible options for the font include
9073 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9078 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9100 European Computer Modern
9103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9113 \begin_layout Standard
9122 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9123 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9133 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9139 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9140 There are three ways to use one:
9143 \begin_layout Itemize
9144 One way is to use the
9154 Virtual means that it
9155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9166 -glyphs from other fonts.
9167 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9188 \begin_layout Standard
9189 Loading the LaTeX-package
9192 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9193 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9199 with the document preamble line
9202 \begin_layout Standard
9207 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9210 \begin_layout Standard
9211 will fix the guillemet problem.
9216 and that accented characters are not
9220 glyph, they are build of
9224 characters, the accent and the letter.
9225 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9229 fonts for words with accented characters.
9230 If you search for example for the French word
9231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9238 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9247 and not for the glyph
9248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9255 \begin_layout Standard
9265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9269 \begin_inset Note Note
9272 \begin_layout Standard
9280 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9281 to be accented with the grave.
9283 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9284 in section\InsetSpace ~
9286 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9299 \begin_layout Itemize
9300 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9304 \begin_layout Standard
9313 , consists of these three main font types
9340 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9341 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9348 The differences between roman,
9357 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9360 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9371 was originally designed for newspapers.
9372 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9373 into the small newspaper columns.
9379 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9382 \begin_layout Itemize
9383 The best solution is to use the
9388 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9396 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9399 For the font size there are four possible values:
9416 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9419 \begin_layout Standard
9420 The font sizes are the
9425 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9426 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9427 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9433 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9435 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9436 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9443 \begin_layout Standard
9444 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9448 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9456 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9460 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9461 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9462 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9464 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9467 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9469 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9470 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9482 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 Using Different Character Styles
9484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9485 name "Character Styles"
9490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9498 \begin_layout Standard
9499 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9500 certain paragraph environments.
9501 LyX supports two character styles,
9510 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9519 style, do one of the following:
9522 \begin_layout Itemize
9523 click on the toolbar button
9524 \begin_inset Graphics
9525 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9532 \begin_layout Itemize
9539 \begin_layout Standard
9540 These commands are all toggles.
9545 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9548 \begin_layout Standard
9549 One typically uses the
9553 style for proper names.
9555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9562 is the original author of LyX.
9563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9569 \begin_layout Standard
9570 A more widely used character style is the
9575 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9582 \begin_layout Itemize
9583 clicking on the toolbar button
9584 \begin_inset Graphics
9585 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9592 \begin_layout Itemize
9593 using the keybindings
9599 \begin_layout Standard
9604 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9605 es use a different font.
9608 \begin_layout Standard
9609 We've been using the
9613 style all over the place in this document.
9614 Here's one more example:
9617 \begin_layout Quotation
9620 Don't overuse character styles!
9623 \begin_layout Standard
9624 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9625 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9626 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9627 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9631 \begin_layout Standard
9632 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9646 \begin_layout Subsection
9647 Fine-Tuning with the
9652 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9653 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9658 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9667 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9668 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9669 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9670 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9671 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9672 from ordinary dialog.
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9676 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9677 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9679 Documents that overuse
9680 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9681 has knocked huge holes in it.
9684 \begin_layout Standard
9685 To use custom character styles, open the
9687 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9692 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9693 font property which you can choose.
9694 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9699 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9704 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9705 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9706 environments in a snap.
9709 \begin_layout Standard
9710 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9722 \begin_layout Labeling
9723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9737 The possible options are:
9741 \begin_layout Labeling
9742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9747 This is the Roman font family.
9748 Normally a serif font.
9749 It's also the default family.
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9772 \begin_layout Standard
9780 \begin_inset Note Note
9783 \begin_layout Standard
9784 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9785 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9787 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9788 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9800 \begin_layout Labeling
9801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9809 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9816 \begin_layout Standard
9834 \begin_layout Standard
9844 \begin_layout Labeling
9845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9852 This is the Typewriter font family.
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9890 \begin_layout Labeling
9891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9896 This corresponds to the print weight.
9901 \begin_layout Labeling
9902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9907 This is the Medium font series.
9908 It's also the default series.
9911 \begin_layout Labeling
9912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9919 This is the Bold font series.
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9955 \begin_layout Labeling
9956 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9961 As the name implies.
9966 \begin_layout Labeling
9967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9972 This is the Upright font shape.
9973 It's also the default shape.
9976 \begin_layout Labeling
9977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9991 s the Italic font shape
9997 \begin_layout Labeling
9998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10005 This is the Slanted font shape
10007 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10010 \begin_layout Labeling
10011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10019 This is the Small caps font shape
10026 \begin_layout Labeling
10027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10032 Alters the size of the font.
10033 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10034 nal to the document font size.
10035 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10036 what you want to do.
10041 \begin_layout Labeling
10042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10064 \begin_layout Standard
10082 \begin_layout Standard
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10121 \begin_layout Labeling
10122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10162 \begin_layout Standard
10172 \begin_layout Labeling
10173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10195 \begin_layout Standard
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10224 \begin_layout Standard
10242 \begin_layout Standard
10252 \begin_layout Labeling
10253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10304 \begin_layout Standard
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10332 \begin_layout Labeling
10333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 It's also the default size.
10352 \begin_layout Standard
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10381 \begin_layout Standard
10399 \begin_layout Standard
10409 \begin_layout Labeling
10410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10432 \begin_layout Standard
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10479 \begin_layout Standard
10489 \begin_layout Labeling
10490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10512 \begin_layout Standard
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10541 \begin_layout Standard
10559 \begin_layout Standard
10569 \begin_layout Labeling
10570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10592 \begin_layout Standard
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10620 \begin_layout Labeling
10621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10643 \begin_layout Standard
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10700 \begin_layout Labeling
10701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10741 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10770 \begin_layout Standard
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10786 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10787 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10788 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10789 - use that instead.
10790 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10793 \begin_layout Labeling
10794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10799 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10804 \begin_layout Labeling
10805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10812 This is text with emphasize on
10815 This might seem like the same as
10819 , but it is actually a bit different.
10825 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10827 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10830 \begin_layout Labeling
10831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10838 This is text with Underbar on.
10845 \begin_layout Standard
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10876 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10877 when you couldn't change fonts.
10878 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10879 It's only included in LyX because some people
10883 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10886 \begin_layout Labeling
10887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10894 This is text with Noun on.
10901 , this is a logical attribute.
10902 Normally it's equivalent to
10911 \begin_layout Labeling
10912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10917 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10918 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10924 , which is the default
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10932 and means normally black, you can choose between
10965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10966 name "Color ! Text"
10973 \begin_layout Labeling
10974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10979 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10980 the language of the document.
10981 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10985 \begin_layout Standard
10986 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10987 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10993 dialog, the settings are saved.
10994 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10995 \begin_inset Graphics
10996 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11001 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11002 when the dialog isn't visible.
11006 \begin_layout Standard
11007 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11013 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11014 (suppose you just set the shape to
11015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11032 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11042 \begin_layout Standard
11043 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11060 \begin_layout Itemize
11066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11073 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11096 \begin_layout Standard
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11121 \begin_inset Note Note
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11128 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11142 \begin_layout Itemize
11147 fonts use characters with serifs.
11148 These are the small
11149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11156 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11157 The following example will show the difference:
11163 text without serifs
11167 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11168 They are therefore used as default font (named
11175 \begin_layout Itemize
11181 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11182 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11185 \begin_layout Standard
11186 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11187 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11190 \begin_layout Section
11191 Printing and Previewing
11194 \begin_layout Subsection
11198 \begin_layout Standard
11199 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11200 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11201 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11202 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11203 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11205 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11212 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11213 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11214 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11215 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11216 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11217 This happens in two stages:
11220 \begin_layout Enumerate
11221 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11222 generating a file with the extension,
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11237 \begin_layout Enumerate
11238 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11242 file to produce printable output.
11246 \begin_layout Subsection
11247 Output file formats
11248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11249 name "File formats"
11254 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11255 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11265 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11272 \begin_layout Standard
11273 This file type has the extension
11274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11286 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11290 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11297 \begin_layout Standard
11298 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11309 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11310 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11317 \begin_layout Standard
11318 This file type has the extension
11319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11330 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11332 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11333 it manually with console commands.
11334 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11335 you view or export your document.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11347 \begin_layout Standard
11359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11361 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11362 name "File formats ! DVI"
11369 \begin_layout Standard
11370 This file type has the extension
11371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11391 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11392 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11393 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11395 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11399 \begin_layout Standard
11400 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11403 \begin_layout Standard
11408 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11409 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11414 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11415 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11416 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11417 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11421 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11423 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11424 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11430 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11432 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11433 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 This file type has the extension
11442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11454 PostScript was developed by the company
11458 as printer language.
11459 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11461 PostScript can be seen as
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11465 programming language
11466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11473 \begin_layout Standard
11474 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11481 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11490 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11493 \begin_layout Standard
11494 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11498 Encapsulated PostScript
11499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11502 (EPS, file extension
11503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11515 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11516 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11517 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11518 whenever you view or export your document.
11519 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11520 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11521 EPS to avoid this problem.
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11525 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11527 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11528 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11537 name "File formats ! PDF"
11542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11550 \begin_layout Standard
11551 This file type has the extension
11552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11568 Portable Document Format
11569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11572 (PDF) is developed by
11576 as derivative from PostScript.
11577 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11586 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11587 looks exactly the same.
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11595 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11599 (JPG, file extension
11600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11627 Portable Network Graphics
11628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11631 (PNG, file extension
11632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11644 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11645 in the background to one of these formats.
11646 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11647 will slow down your workflow.
11648 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11651 \begin_layout Standard
11652 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11654 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11657 in three different ways:
11660 \begin_layout Description
11661 PDF This uses the program
11665 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11666 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11670 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11671 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11674 \begin_layout Description
11676 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11680 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11684 \begin_layout Description
11686 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11690 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11693 \begin_layout Standard
11694 We recommend to use
11703 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11709 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11712 \begin_layout Subsection
11714 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11715 name "Document ! Preview "
11722 \begin_layout Standard
11723 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11724 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11728 and choose a file type.
11729 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11732 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11735 you can use the toolbar button
11736 \begin_inset Graphics
11737 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11747 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11751 you can use the toolbar button
11752 \begin_inset Graphics
11753 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11760 \begin_layout Standard
11761 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11762 viewer window using the menu
11764 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11770 \begin_layout Standard
11771 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11773 To have a real output, export your document.
11776 \begin_layout Subsection
11777 Printing the File from within LyX
11778 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11779 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11787 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11788 it directly from within LyX.
11789 To print a file, select the menu
11791 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11794 or click on the toolbar button
11795 \begin_inset Graphics
11796 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11801 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11802 This file is then processed by the program
11806 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11811 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11816 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11817 printing one set to print on the other side.
11818 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11819 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11820 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11823 \begin_layout Standard
11824 You can set the parameters in the
11832 \begin_layout Labeling
11833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11842 \begin_layout Standard
11843 Note that this printer name is for the program
11852 has to be configured for this printer name.
11853 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11855 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11856 reference "sub:Printer"
11865 The printer should understand PostScript.
11868 \begin_layout Labeling
11869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11874 The name of a file to print to.
11875 The output will be a PostScript file.
11876 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11880 \begin_layout Section
11881 A few Words about Typography
11882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11890 \begin_layout Subsection
11892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11906 \begin_layout Standard
11908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11919 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11934 \begin_layout Enumerate
11940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11954 \begin_layout Enumerate
11960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11969 \begin_layout Standard
11981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11987 \begin_layout Enumerate
11993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12002 \begin_layout Standard
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_layout Enumerate
12037 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12057 \begin_layout Standard
12058 You generate them by inserting the
12059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12070 character multiple times in a row.
12071 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12072 final output, but not in LyX.
12075 \begin_layout Standard
12076 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12077 math mode and has a length of its own.
12078 Here are some examples of the
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_layout Enumerate
12094 line- and page-breaks
12103 \begin_layout Enumerate
12113 \begin_layout Enumerate
12114 Oh --- there's a dash.
12123 \begin_layout Enumerate
12124 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12136 \begin_layout Subsection
12138 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12144 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12145 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12152 \begin_layout Standard
12153 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12154 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12157 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12158 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12164 following the rules of the document language
12168 \begin_layout Standard
12169 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12176 German\InsetSpace ~
12182 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12193 \begin_layout Standard
12194 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12199 and with unusual constructs, like
12200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12208 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12209 This is done with the menu
12211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12212 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12213 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12217 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12218 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12221 \begin_layout Standard
12222 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12223 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12224 a hyphen and a space in the form
12225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12233 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12241 as hyphenation possibility.
12242 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12243 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12244 of the LaTeX-box-command
12250 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12251 As LyX doesn't support
12257 , we have to use ERT.
12258 The result looks in LyX like:
12261 \begin_layout Standard
12262 \begin_inset Graphics
12263 filename clipart/mbox.png
12270 \begin_layout Standard
12271 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12274 reference "sec:ERT"
12281 \begin_layout Subsection
12283 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12284 name "Punctuation marks"
12291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12292 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12293 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12294 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12301 \begin_layout Standard
12302 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12303 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12304 LaTeX then adds the
12305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12308 appropriate amount of space
12309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12315 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12318 \begin_layout Standard
12319 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12334 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12337 \begin_layout Standard
12338 Here are some examples of
12342 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12345 \begin_layout Itemize
12350 \begin_layout Itemize
12355 \begin_layout Standard
12356 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12359 \begin_layout Itemize
12362 this is too much space!
12365 \begin_layout Itemize
12370 \begin_layout Standard
12371 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12374 \begin_layout Standard
12375 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12378 \begin_layout Enumerate
12381 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12384 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12386 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12387 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12392 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12393 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12400 \begin_layout Enumerate
12406 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12408 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12409 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12414 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12415 name "Spaces ! thin"
12422 \begin_layout Enumerate
12427 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12433 Special\InsetSpace ~
12436 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12437 This function is also bound to
12444 \begin_layout Standard
12445 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12449 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12450 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12451 this is too much space!
12454 \begin_layout Itemize
12455 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12459 \begin_layout Standard
12460 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12461 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12462 LaTeX will care about this.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12469 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12473 feature described in section
12484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12487 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12492 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12493 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12498 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12506 \begin_layout Standard
12507 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12508 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12509 and use a closing quote at the end.
12511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 The keyboard character,
12523 , generates this automatically.
12526 \begin_layout Standard
12527 You can change the behavior of the
12531 key using the submenu
12537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12542 name "Document ! Settings"
12549 \begin_layout Standard
12550 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12555 There are six choices:
12558 \begin_layout Labeling
12559 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12571 Use quotes like this
12572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 \begin_inset Quotes els
12584 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12590 \begin_layout Labeling
12591 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12594 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12598 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12604 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12608 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12612 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12618 \begin_layout Labeling
12619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12622 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12626 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12632 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12640 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12644 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12650 \begin_layout Labeling
12651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12654 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12658 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12664 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12668 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12672 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12676 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12682 \begin_layout Labeling
12683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12686 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12690 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12696 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12700 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12704 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12708 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12714 \begin_layout Labeling
12715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12718 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12722 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12728 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12732 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12736 \begin_inset Quotes als
12740 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12746 \begin_layout Standard
12747 These settings affects what character the
12754 \begin_layout Subsection
12756 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12757 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12762 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12763 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12768 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12769 name "sub:Ligatures"
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12778 print them as single characters.
12779 These groups are known as
12784 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12786 Here are the standard ligatures:
12789 \begin_layout Itemize
12793 \begin_layout Itemize
12797 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 \begin_layout Itemize
12805 \begin_layout Itemize
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12815 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12823 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 To break a ligature, use
12841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12842 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12843 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 \begin_layout Subsection
12886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12887 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12892 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12893 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 You have surely noticed, that the word
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12910 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12911 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12931 \begin_inset Note Note
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12944 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12949 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12953 \begin_layout Description
12954 LyX The name of the game, write
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12976 \begin_layout Description
12977 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12999 \begin_layout Description
13000 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13022 \begin_layout Description
13023 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 \begin_layout Standard
13046 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13051 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13060 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13061 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13064 : The actual version is
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 , the previous one was
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_layout Standard
13084 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13085 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13086 This will look in LyX like:
13087 \begin_inset Graphics
13088 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13094 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13096 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13097 reference "sec:ERT"
13104 \begin_layout Subsection
13106 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13107 name "Typography ! Units"
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13116 space between two words.
13117 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13127 for units use the menu
13129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13141 \begin_layout Standard
13142 Here's an example to show the differences:
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13146 \begin_inset Tabular
13147 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13149 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13150 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13155 \begin_layout Standard
13158 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 space between number and unit
13177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13183 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 half space between number and unit
13208 \begin_layout Subsection
13210 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13211 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13216 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13224 \begin_layout Standard
13225 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13227 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13228 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13229 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13230 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13231 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13232 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13243 \begin_layout Standard
13244 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13245 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13246 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13247 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13248 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13249 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13250 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13253 \begin_layout Standard
13254 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13255 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13256 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13258 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13259 key "latexcompanion"
13265 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13270 ] may have more information.
13271 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13274 \begin_layout Chapter
13275 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13276 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13277 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13290 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13293 \begin_layout Section
13295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13301 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13309 \begin_layout Standard
13310 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13313 \begin_layout Description
13315 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13318 \begin_inset Note Note
13321 \begin_layout Standard
13322 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13330 \begin_layout Description
13331 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13332 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13334 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13335 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13336 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13341 \begin_inset Note Comment
13344 \begin_layout Standard
13345 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13353 \begin_layout Description
13354 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13355 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13360 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13363 \begin_layout Standard
13368 \begin_layout Standard
13369 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13370 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13371 How this can be done is explained in the
13380 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13389 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13390 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13393 \begin_layout Description
13394 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13396 \begin_inset Note Framed
13399 \begin_layout Standard
13400 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13405 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13407 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13408 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13412 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13416 \begin_layout Description
13417 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13418 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13422 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13427 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13428 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13431 \begin_layout Standard
13432 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13433 \begin_inset Graphics
13434 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13436 scaleBeforeRotation
13442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13446 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13449 \begin_layout Section
13451 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13457 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13458 name "sec:Footnotes"
13465 \begin_layout Standard
13466 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13472 or the toolbar button
13473 \begin_inset Graphics
13474 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13487 \begin_inset Graphics
13488 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13498 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13527 label, the box will
13531 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13532 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13545 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13561 \begin_layout Standard
13562 Here's an example footnote:
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13571 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13580 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13581 position where the footnote box is placed.
13582 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13583 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13584 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13585 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13586 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13591 ey are described in the
13598 \begin_layout Section
13600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13601 name "Marginal notes"
13606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13607 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13614 \begin_layout Standard
13615 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13616 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13619 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13622 or the toolbar button
13623 \begin_inset Graphics
13624 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13651 appearing within your text.
13652 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 At the side is an example marginal note.
13666 \begin_inset Marginal
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13670 This is a marginal note.
13678 \begin_layout Standard
13679 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13680 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13681 pages, right on odd pages.
13684 \begin_layout Section
13685 Graphics and Images
13686 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13692 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13698 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13699 name "sec:Graphics"
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13708 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13709 \begin_inset Graphics
13710 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13720 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13724 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13729 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13730 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13731 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13733 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13735 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13736 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13748 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13749 of the image in the output.
13750 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13762 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13765 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13766 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13780 You can also set the
13784 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13785 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13787 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13788 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13798 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13799 image size is printed.
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13803 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13804 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13806 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13807 centered paragraph:
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13812 \begin_inset Graphics
13813 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13816 rotateOrigin center
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13824 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13825 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13827 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13828 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13835 \begin_layout Subsection
13837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13838 name "Image formats"
13843 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13844 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 You can insert images in any known file format.
13853 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13855 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13856 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13860 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13861 LyX uses therefore the program
13865 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13866 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13867 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13869 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13870 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13881 \begin_layout Description
13882 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13883 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13884 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13885 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13889 Graphics Interchange Format
13890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13893 (GIF, file extension
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13907 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13915 Portable Network Graphics
13916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13919 (PNG, file extension
13920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13933 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13941 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 (JPG, file extension
13946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13970 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13971 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13978 \begin_layout Description
13979 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13980 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13982 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13983 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13984 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13987 calable image formats can be
13988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13991 Scalable Vector Graphics
13992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13995 (SVG, file extension
13996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14008 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14009 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14017 Encapsulated PostScript
14018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14021 (EPS, file extension
14022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14034 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14035 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14043 Portable Document Format
14044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 (PDF, file extension
14048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14066 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14067 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14068 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14073 \begin_layout Standard
14074 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14082 \begin_layout Standard
14083 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14087 \begin_layout Section
14089 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14095 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14105 \begin_inset Graphics
14106 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14117 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14118 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14119 from the rest of the table.
14120 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14121 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14123 Here's an example table:
14126 \begin_layout Standard
14128 \begin_inset Tabular
14129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14135 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14139 \begin_layout Standard
14145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14182 <row topline="true">
14183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14204 \begin_layout Standard
14210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14213 \begin_layout Standard
14219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14222 \begin_layout Standard
14229 <row topline="true">
14230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14260 \begin_layout Standard
14270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14273 \begin_layout Standard
14280 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14284 \begin_layout Standard
14299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14311 \begin_layout Standard
14317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14334 \begin_layout Subsection
14338 \begin_layout Standard
14339 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14340 brings up the table dialog.
14341 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14342 where the cursor is placed currently.
14343 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14344 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14345 done on all of your selection.
14348 \begin_layout Standard
14349 Additionally to the table dialog the
14354 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14356 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14357 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14358 delete lines via the table
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14368 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14369 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14370 current cell respectively.
14371 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14373 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14374 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14376 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14377 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14391 This will merge the cells to
14395 cell, spread over more than one column.
14396 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14397 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14398 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14399 in the last row without the upper border:
14402 \begin_layout Standard
14404 \begin_inset Tabular
14405 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14406 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14408 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14411 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14421 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14424 \begin_layout Standard
14430 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14449 <row topline="true">
14450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14453 \begin_layout Standard
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Standard
14477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Standard
14486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14489 \begin_layout Standard
14496 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Standard
14506 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14543 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14544 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14545 explained in the tables section of the
14547 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14551 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14552 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14555 degrees counterclockwise.
14556 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14568 Most DVI-viewers are
14572 able to display rotations.
14580 \begin_layout Standard
14585 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14590 adds lines for all cell borders.
14593 \begin_layout Subsection
14595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14596 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14601 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14609 \begin_layout Standard
14610 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14620 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14621 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14624 \begin_layout Description
14629 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14630 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14631 except for the first page, if
14639 \begin_layout Description
14645 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14646 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14649 \begin_layout Description
14654 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14655 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14656 except for the last page, if
14664 \begin_layout Description
14670 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14671 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14676 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14677 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14678 The others will then be defined as
14683 In this context, first means first in this order:
14685 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14698 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14701 \begin_layout Standard
14703 \begin_inset Tabular
14704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14705 <features islongtable="true">
14706 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14707 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14708 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14709 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14710 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14713 \begin_layout Standard
14716 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14721 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14730 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14733 \begin_layout Standard
14740 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14755 \begin_layout Standard
14761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14773 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14774 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14797 \begin_layout Standard
14804 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14819 \begin_layout Standard
14825 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14837 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14849 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14858 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14868 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14889 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14892 \begin_layout Standard
14899 <row bottomline="true">
14900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14930 <row bottomline="true">
14931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14934 \begin_layout Standard
14942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14961 <row bottomline="true">
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14985 \begin_layout Standard
14992 <row bottomline="true">
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15023 <row bottomline="true">
15024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15054 <row bottomline="true">
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15078 \begin_layout Standard
15085 <row bottomline="true">
15086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15109 \begin_layout Standard
15116 <row bottomline="true">
15117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15140 \begin_layout Standard
15147 <row bottomline="true">
15148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15178 <row bottomline="true">
15179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15209 <row bottomline="true">
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15233 \begin_layout Standard
15240 <row bottomline="true">
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15271 <row bottomline="true">
15272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15302 <row bottomline="true">
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15333 <row bottomline="true">
15334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15364 <row bottomline="true">
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15395 <row bottomline="true">
15396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15419 \begin_layout Standard
15426 <row bottomline="true">
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Standard
15438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15450 \begin_layout Standard
15457 <row bottomline="true">
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Standard
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15488 <row bottomline="true">
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Standard
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15519 <row bottomline="true">
15520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15534 \begin_layout Standard
15540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15550 <row bottomline="true">
15551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15581 <row bottomline="true">
15582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15612 <row bottomline="true">
15613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15636 \begin_layout Standard
15643 <row bottomline="true">
15644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15667 \begin_layout Standard
15674 <row bottomline="true">
15675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15705 <row bottomline="true">
15706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Standard
15736 <row bottomline="true">
15737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15751 \begin_layout Standard
15757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15767 <row bottomline="true">
15768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15798 <row bottomline="true">
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15829 <row bottomline="true">
15830 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15833 \begin_layout Standard
15839 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15848 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15851 \begin_layout Standard
15858 <row bottomline="true">
15859 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <row bottomline="true">
15890 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15913 \begin_layout Standard
15920 <row bottomline="true">
15921 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15951 <row bottomline="true">
15952 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15975 \begin_layout Standard
15982 <row bottomline="true">
15983 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16013 <row bottomline="true">
16014 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16044 <row bottomline="true">
16045 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16075 <row bottomline="true">
16076 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16099 \begin_layout Standard
16106 <row bottomline="true">
16107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Standard
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16137 <row bottomline="true">
16138 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16168 <row bottomline="true">
16169 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Standard
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16199 <row bottomline="true">
16200 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Standard
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16223 \begin_layout Standard
16230 <row bottomline="true">
16231 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16254 \begin_layout Standard
16261 <row bottomline="true">
16262 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Standard
16292 <row bottomline="true">
16293 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Standard
16304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16316 \begin_layout Standard
16323 <row bottomline="true">
16324 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Standard
16354 <row bottomline="true">
16355 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Standard
16385 <row bottomline="true">
16386 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Standard
16416 <row bottomline="true">
16417 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Standard
16447 <row bottomline="true">
16448 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16478 <row bottomline="true">
16479 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Standard
16509 <row bottomline="true">
16510 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16533 \begin_layout Standard
16540 <row bottomline="true">
16541 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Standard
16571 <row bottomline="true">
16572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16595 \begin_layout Standard
16602 <row bottomline="true">
16603 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16633 <row bottomline="true">
16634 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16664 <row bottomline="true">
16665 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Standard
16676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16695 <row bottomline="true">
16696 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16726 <row bottomline="true">
16727 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Standard
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16757 <row bottomline="true">
16758 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Standard
16788 <row bottomline="true">
16789 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Standard
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16819 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16820 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Standard
16831 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Standard
16840 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16857 \begin_layout Subsection
16859 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16860 name "Tables ! Cells"
16865 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16866 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16874 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16875 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16876 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16877 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16881 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16882 for the cell's paragraph.
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16886 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16887 for the column in the table dialog.
16888 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16889 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16895 \begin_inset Tabular
16896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16899 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16901 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16920 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Standard
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Standard
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Standard
16989 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Standard
17013 <row bottomline="true">
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Standard
17032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Standard
17045 This is longer now.
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Standard
17069 <row bottomline="true">
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Standard
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Standard
17101 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17102 This is longer now.
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17134 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17135 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17136 Selection with the mouse or with
17140 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17141 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17142 the selection from outside the table.
17145 \begin_layout Section
17147 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17153 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17161 \begin_layout Standard
17162 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17163 have a fixed location.
17165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17172 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17179 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17182 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17183 too much notes at the page.
17186 \begin_layout Standard
17187 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17188 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17189 and pages without text.
17190 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17191 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17192 Floats are therefore numbered.
17193 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17196 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17203 \begin_layout Standard
17204 To insert a float, use the menu
17206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17210 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17216 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17221 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17222 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17224 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17226 name "Floats ! Captions"
17230 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17231 paragraph within the float.
17232 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17233 by left-clicking on the box label.
17234 A closed float box looks like this:
17235 \begin_inset Graphics
17236 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17241 -- a gray button with a red label.
17244 \begin_layout Standard
17245 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17246 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17249 \begin_layout Subsection
17253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17255 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17256 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17262 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17269 \begin_layout Standard
17272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17273 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17276 inserts a float with the label
17277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17282 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17290 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17291 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17292 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17294 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17295 reference "cap:Platypus"
17300 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17301 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17302 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17305 reference "cap:Escher"
17312 \begin_layout Standard
17313 \begin_inset Float figure
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17320 \begin_inset Graphics
17321 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17324 rotateOrigin center
17331 \begin_layout Standard
17332 \begin_inset Caption
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17335 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17336 name "cap:Platypus"
17340 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17354 \begin_inset Float figure
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17360 \begin_inset Caption
17362 \begin_layout Standard
17363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17377 \begin_layout Standard
17379 \begin_inset Graphics
17380 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17383 rotateOrigin center
17395 \begin_layout Standard
17396 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17398 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17400 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17401 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17405 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17410 and refer to it using the menu
17412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17416 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17425 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17437 \begin_layout Standard
17438 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17439 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17440 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17446 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17450 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17451 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17453 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17454 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17458 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17459 You can also set the images one below the other.
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17463 \begin_inset Float figure
17468 \begin_layout Standard
17472 \begin_inset Graphics
17473 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17476 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17483 \begin_inset Graphics
17484 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17488 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17497 \begin_layout Standard
17498 \begin_inset Caption
17500 \begin_layout Standard
17501 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17502 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17506 Two distorted images.
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17520 Note that the caption is added to the
17526 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17528 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17529 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17538 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17539 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17544 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17545 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17556 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17560 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17565 reference "cap:Table-float"
17569 is an example of a table float.
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17573 \begin_inset Float table
17578 \begin_layout Standard
17579 \begin_inset Caption
17581 \begin_layout Standard
17582 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17583 name "cap:Table-float"
17595 \begin_layout Standard
17597 \begin_inset Tabular
17598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17603 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Standard
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Standard
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Standard
17659 <row topline="true">
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Standard
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Standard
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17715 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Standard
17729 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Standard
17750 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17752 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Standard
17773 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17794 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17797 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17805 This float type is inserted with the menu
17807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17808 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17812 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17813 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17817 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17819 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17820 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17827 \begin_layout Standard
17828 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17831 \begin_layout Standard
17836 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17842 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17845 \begin_layout Standard
17850 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17854 \begin_layout Standard
17855 to the document preamble (menu
17857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17883 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17884 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17889 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17890 name "sec:floatflt"
17897 \begin_layout Standard
17898 This float type is used if you want to
17899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17906 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17908 It can be inserted using the menu
17909 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17914 \begin_layout Standard
17915 \begin_inset Graphics
17916 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17919 rotateOrigin center
17926 \begin_layout Standard
17927 \begin_inset Caption
17929 \begin_layout Standard
17930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17931 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17935 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17937 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17953 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17958 if the LaTeX-package
17963 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17964 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17972 \begin_layout Standard
17973 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17983 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17985 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17987 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17988 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17992 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17993 wrap float with a width of 40
17994 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18001 \begin_layout Standard
18002 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18004 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18005 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18014 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18018 \begin_layout Standard
18023 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18024 If you need this, read the documentation of
18029 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18041 \begin_layout Standard
18047 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18048 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18049 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18050 over some other text.
18054 \begin_layout Standard
18055 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18061 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18069 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18082 \begin_layout Itemize
18083 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18084 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18085 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18086 breaks will appear.
18089 \begin_layout Itemize
18090 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18091 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18094 \begin_layout Itemize
18095 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18096 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18099 \begin_layout Itemize
18100 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18103 \begin_layout Subsection
18105 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18106 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18112 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18119 \begin_layout Standard
18120 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18121 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18124 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18130 \begin_layout Standard
18131 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18132 a two-column document).
18133 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18134 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18141 \begin_layout Standard
18142 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18143 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18146 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18150 is an example of a rotated table float.
18153 \begin_layout Standard
18154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18162 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18170 \begin_layout Standard
18171 \begin_inset Float table
18176 \begin_layout Standard
18177 \begin_inset Caption
18179 \begin_layout Standard
18180 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18181 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18193 \begin_layout Standard
18195 \begin_inset Tabular
18196 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18203 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Standard
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Standard
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Standard
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Standard
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Standard
18262 \begin_layout Subsection
18264 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18265 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18270 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18271 name "Floats ! Placement"
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18279 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18280 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18287 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18288 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18293 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18296 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18299 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18306 \begin_layout Standard
18307 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18308 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18311 default\InsetSpace ~
18317 \begin_layout Description
18320 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18323 \begin_layout Description
18326 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18329 \begin_layout Description
18330 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18332 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18335 \begin_layout Description
18338 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18341 \begin_layout Standard
18342 The order of the above option is
18347 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18360 , and then the others.
18361 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18363 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18364 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18367 \begin_layout Standard
18368 By default, each options has its own rules:
18371 \begin_layout Standard
18378 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18379 % of the page can be placed at the top
18383 \begin_layout Standard
18386 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18390 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18391 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18395 \begin_layout Standard
18402 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18403 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18404 can be set together on a page.
18407 \begin_layout Standard
18408 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18411 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18418 \begin_layout Standard
18419 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18420 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18421 For this case you can use the option
18427 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18429 Because the float is then no longer able to
18430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18437 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18440 \begin_layout Standard
18441 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18442 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18446 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18448 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18456 \begin_layout Section
18458 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18464 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18465 name "sec:Minipages"
18472 \begin_layout Standard
18473 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18475 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18480 \begin_layout Standard
18481 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18487 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18488 and its alignment within the page.
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18493 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18502 height_special "totalheight"
18505 \begin_layout Standard
18508 This is a minipage.
18509 The text is set in an italic style.
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18515 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18516 another formatting.
18524 \begin_layout Standard
18525 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18528 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18532 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18534 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18535 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18540 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18546 \begin_layout Standard
18547 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18556 height_special "totalheight"
18559 \begin_layout Standard
18560 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18561 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18569 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18578 height_special "totalheight"
18581 \begin_layout Standard
18582 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18583 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18598 \begin_layout Standard
18599 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18600 to other box types.
18601 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18612 \begin_layout Chapter
18613 Mathematical Formulas
18614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18621 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18626 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18627 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18634 \begin_layout Section
18636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18637 name "Math ! Basics"
18644 \begin_layout Standard
18645 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18646 \begin_inset Graphics
18647 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18652 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18654 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18655 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18656 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18664 \begin_layout Standard
18665 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18671 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18674 \begin_layout Standard
18675 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18676 line, like this one:
18679 \begin_layout Standard
18680 This is a line with an inline formula
18681 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18687 \begin_layout Standard
18688 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18690 \begin_inset Formula \[
18695 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18698 \begin_layout Standard
18699 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18715 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18716 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18720 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18728 \begin_layout Subsection
18729 Navigating in Formulas
18730 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18731 name "Math ! Navigating"
18738 \begin_layout Standard
18739 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18740 achieved with the arrow keys.
18741 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18742 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18747 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18748 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18752 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18756 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18758 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18766 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18771 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18772 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18775 \begin_layout Standard
18780 , printed in this document as
18781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18788 \begin_layout Standard
18798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18802 \begin_inset Note Note
18805 \begin_layout Standard
18806 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18807 space character (visible space).
18812 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18813 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18814 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18819 For example, if you want
18820 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18831 \begin_layout Standard
18850 \begin_layout Standard
18863 \begin_layout Standard
18874 , since in the latter case only the
18877 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18882 will be under the square root sign:
18883 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18889 \begin_layout Standard
18890 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18892 \begin_inset Formula \[
18893 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18896 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18900 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18901 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18904 \begin_layout Subsection
18908 \begin_layout Standard
18909 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18910 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18914 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18915 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18916 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18917 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18918 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18921 \begin_layout Subsection
18922 Exponents and Subscripts
18923 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18924 name "Math ! Exponents"
18929 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18930 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18937 \begin_layout Standard
18938 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18939 way is to use a command.
18941 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18944 , type in a formula
18950 \begin_layout Standard
18966 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18972 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18976 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18985 \begin_layout Standard
18997 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19006 , you have to use an extra
19010 to separate the hat and the character.
19013 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19022 \begin_layout Standard
19034 Subscripts are similar: To get
19035 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19044 \begin_layout Standard
19058 \begin_layout Subsection
19060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19061 name "Math ! Fractions"
19068 \begin_layout Standard
19069 Create a fraction with either the command
19076 \begin_inset Graphics
19077 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19088 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19089 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19090 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19095 To move back up, press
19100 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19101 \begin_inset Formula \[
19102 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19104 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19111 \begin_layout Subsection
19113 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19114 name "Math ! Roots"
19121 \begin_layout Standard
19122 Roots can be created using the
19128 \begin_inset Graphics
19129 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19152 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19158 produces always a square root.
19161 \begin_layout Subsection
19162 Operators with Limits
19163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19169 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19170 name "Math ! Integrals"
19175 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19176 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19183 \begin_layout Standard
19185 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19189 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19192 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19193 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19194 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19195 The sum operator will automatically place its
19196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19203 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19206 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19210 \begin_inset Formula \[
19211 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19215 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19219 \begin_layout Standard
19220 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19222 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19223 behind the operator and hitting
19229 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19230 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19231 Change\InsetSpace ~
19232 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19238 \begin_layout Standard
19239 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19247 feature as addition, such as
19248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19249 name "Math ! Limits"
19254 \begin_inset Formula \[
19255 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19259 which will place the
19260 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19272 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19273 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19279 \begin_layout Standard
19280 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19287 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19290 reference "sub:Functions"
19294 for an explanation of function macros.
19297 \begin_layout Subsection
19299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19300 name "Math ! Symbols"
19307 \begin_layout Standard
19308 Most math symbols can be found in the
19313 under one of several categories; including
19330 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19334 \begin_layout Standard
19335 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19336 you don't have to use the
19341 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19342 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19345 \begin_layout Subsection
19347 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19348 name "Math ! Spaces"
19353 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19354 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19361 \begin_layout Standard
19362 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19374 \begin_inset Graphics
19375 filename ../images/math/space.png
19380 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19381 Here a example for the sequence
19386 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19390 \begin_inset Graphics
19391 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19396 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19397 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19398 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19399 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19404 \begin_layout Standard
19414 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19430 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19436 \begin_layout Subsection
19438 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19439 name "Math ! Functions"
19444 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19445 name "sub:Functions"
19452 \begin_layout Standard
19458 contains under the button
19459 \begin_inset Graphics
19460 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19464 a number of functions, such as
19465 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19469 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19477 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19484 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19485 avoid confusions, because
19486 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19490 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19496 \begin_layout Standard
19497 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19499 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19503 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19511 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19513 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19514 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19521 \begin_layout Subsection
19523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19524 name "Math ! Accents"
19531 \begin_layout Standard
19532 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19534 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19535 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19537 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19540 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19541 Our example is entered by typing
19549 \begin_layout Standard
19563 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19564 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19568 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19572 \begin_inset Float table
19577 \begin_layout Standard
19578 \begin_inset Caption
19580 \begin_layout Standard
19581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19582 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19586 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19596 \begin_inset Tabular
19597 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19602 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Standard
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19640 <row topline="true">
19641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Standard
19672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19675 \begin_layout Standard
19685 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19694 <row topline="true">
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Standard
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Standard
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Standard
19739 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19748 <row topline="true">
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Standard
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Standard
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Standard
19793 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19802 <row topline="true">
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Standard
19821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Standard
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Standard
19847 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19856 <row topline="true">
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Standard
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19901 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19910 <row topline="true">
19911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19914 \begin_layout Standard
19929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Standard
19942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19955 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19964 <row topline="true">
19965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Standard
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Standard
20009 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20018 <row topline="true">
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Standard
20063 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20072 <row topline="true">
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Standard
20091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20094 \begin_layout Standard
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Standard
20117 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20126 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20130 \begin_layout Standard
20136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20152 \begin_layout Standard
20162 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20183 \begin_layout Standard
20184 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20190 \begin_inset Graphics
20191 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20195 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20199 \begin_layout Section
20200 Brackets and Delimiters
20201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20202 name "Math ! Brackets"
20207 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20208 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20213 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20214 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20221 \begin_layout Standard
20222 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20223 For most purposes, using just the keys
20228 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20229 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20235 \begin_inset Graphics
20236 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20241 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20243 \begin_inset Formula \[
20244 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20246 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20250 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20251 \begin_inset Formula \[
20252 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20260 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20261 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20264 \begin_layout Standard
20265 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20266 left side and right side.
20267 If you use the option
20272 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20273 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20274 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20275 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20278 \begin_layout Standard
20279 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20280 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20281 inside the brackets.
20282 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20287 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20290 \begin_layout Standard
20291 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20302 \begin_layout Section
20304 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20305 name "Math ! Grouping"
20310 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20311 name "sec:Grouping"
20318 \begin_layout Standard
20319 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20320 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20331 \begin_layout Standard
20332 \begin_inset Formula \[
20333 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20341 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20356 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20357 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20358 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20361 \begin_layout Section
20362 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20364 name "Math ! Arrays"
20369 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20370 name "Math ! Matrices"
20375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20376 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20383 \begin_layout Standard
20384 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20390 \begin_inset Graphics
20391 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20396 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20397 Here is an example:
20398 \begin_inset Formula \[
20399 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20402 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20406 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20408 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20409 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20414 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20415 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20416 This alignment is set in the box
20421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20469 for every column as default.
20470 For example, the sequence
20471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20482 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20483 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20484 corresponds to the relevant column.
20485 The result will look like this:
20486 \begin_inset Formula \[
20488 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20489 column & has & has\, right\\
20490 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20497 \begin_layout Standard
20498 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20502 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20503 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20511 \begin_layout Standard
20512 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20513 It can be created with the menu
20515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20516 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20528 \begin_inset Formula \[
20532 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20540 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20543 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20551 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20560 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20568 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20569 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20570 A new row is created by every further hit of
20578 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20579 Here is an example:
20580 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20581 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20582 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20586 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20587 where you want to start the shift and hit
20592 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20593 position to the next column.
20594 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20595 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20596 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20597 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20605 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20612 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20613 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20614 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20615 reference "eq:asquared"
20620 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20622 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20623 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20630 \begin_layout Section
20631 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20632 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20633 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20638 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20639 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20644 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20645 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20652 \begin_layout Standard
20653 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20656 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20657 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20666 The formula number appears in LyX as
20667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20674 within parentheses.
20676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20683 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20685 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20686 the document class.
20687 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20688 separated by a dot:
20689 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20690 1+1=2\end{equation}
20699 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20700 You can only number displayed formulas.
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20707 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20708 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20709 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20718 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20719 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20721 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20722 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20726 To number all lines use the shortcut
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20738 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20739 A label is inserted with the menu
20741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20744 when the cursor is in the formula.
20745 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20746 It is recommended to use the proposed
20747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20758 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20759 type when you have many labels in your document.
20760 We inserted in the following example the label
20761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20768 in the second line:
20769 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20770 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20771 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20775 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20776 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20786 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20793 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20794 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20795 as the formula number:
20798 \begin_layout Standard
20799 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20801 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20808 \begin_layout Standard
20809 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20811 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20812 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20817 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20823 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20836 \begin_layout Section
20837 User defined math macros
20838 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20839 name "Math ! Macros"
20844 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20845 name "sec:math-macros"
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20853 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20854 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20855 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20858 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20859 \begin_inset Formula \[
20860 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20864 The general form of its solution is:
20865 \begin_inset Formula \[
20866 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20874 The macro should print the parameters
20875 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20879 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20883 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20886 like in the equation above.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 A macro is created by executing the command
20893 \begin_layout Standard
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20913 \begin_layout Standard
20922 Number\InsetSpace ~
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20929 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20930 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20931 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20935 \begin_layout Standard
20936 We have three arguments and name the macro
20937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20944 , so that the command is:
20947 \begin_layout Standard
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20967 \begin_layout Standard
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 This results in the following macro definition box:
20981 \begin_inset Graphics
20982 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20987 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20988 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20989 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20993 \begin_inset Note Note
20996 \begin_layout Standard
20997 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20998 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21006 \begin_layout Standard
21007 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21008 the math panel or commands.
21009 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21010 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21021 for the first argument.
21022 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21023 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21024 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21025 in LyX with its full size.
21026 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21027 In our example we insert the sequence
21057 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21076 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21081 \begin_inset Graphics
21082 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21091 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21092 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21093 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21094 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21098 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21099 to the new definition.
21100 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21101 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21105 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21109 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21113 \begin_inset Formula \[
21114 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21122 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21126 \begin_layout Standard
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21171 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21176 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21177 definition box in your document.
21178 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21180 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21182 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21187 \begin_layout Section
21191 \begin_layout Subsection
21193 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21194 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21201 \begin_layout Standard
21202 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21203 To set a font in a formula, use the
21209 \begin_inset Graphics
21210 filename ../images/math/font.png
21214 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21217 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21225 \begin_inset Float table
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 \begin_inset Caption
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21234 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21235 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21239 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21249 \begin_inset Tabular
21250 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21254 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21267 \begin_layout Standard
21274 <row topline="true">
21275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21278 \begin_layout Standard
21285 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21307 <row topline="true">
21308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21323 \begin_layout Standard
21334 <row topline="true">
21335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21338 \begin_layout Standard
21339 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21361 <row topline="true">
21362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21365 \begin_layout Standard
21372 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21383 \begin_layout Standard
21394 <row topline="true">
21395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21421 <row topline="true">
21422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21426 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21448 <row topline="true">
21449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21452 \begin_layout Standard
21460 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21471 \begin_layout Standard
21482 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21486 \begin_layout Standard
21487 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21522 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21525 \begin_layout Standard
21530 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21546 \begin_layout Standard
21547 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21548 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21553 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21554 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21555 Here an example where a
21556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21567 denotes the set of numbers:
21568 \begin_inset Formula \[
21569 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21576 \begin_layout Standard
21577 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21588 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21593 So better don't use this feature.
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21597 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21598 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21603 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21609 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21610 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21623 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21630 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21637 \begin_layout Subsection
21639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21647 \begin_layout Standard
21648 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21650 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21653 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21663 \begin_inset Graphics
21664 filename ../images/math/font.png
21668 (alternatively the shortcut
21674 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21675 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21676 Here is an example:
21677 \begin_inset Formula \[
21679 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21680 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21687 \begin_layout Subsection
21689 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21690 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21697 \begin_layout Standard
21698 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21699 automatically chosen in most situations.
21717 For most characters,
21725 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21726 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21731 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21732 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21733 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21734 \begin_inset Graphics
21735 filename ../images/math/style.png
21740 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21741 For example, you can set
21742 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21745 , which is normally in
21754 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21758 The four styles are used in the following example:
21761 \begin_layout Standard
21762 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21766 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21770 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21774 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21781 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21782 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21788 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21789 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21790 will be adjusted to correspond.
21791 As example a formula in the font size
21792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21812 \begin_layout Section
21814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21830 (AMS) that are in common use.
21833 \begin_layout Subsection
21834 Enabling AMS-Support
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 Selecting the checkbox
21847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21852 name "Document ! Settings"
21861 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21863 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21864 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21867 \begin_layout Subsection
21869 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21870 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21875 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21876 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21883 \begin_layout Standard
21884 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21885 LyX allows you to choose between
21906 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21909 \begin_layout Chapter
21913 \begin_layout Section
21915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21916 name "Cross references"
21921 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21922 name "sec:Cross-References"
21929 \begin_layout Standard
21930 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21931 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21933 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21934 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21935 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21938 \begin_layout Enumerate
21942 \begin_layout Enumerate
21943 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21944 name "enu:Second-item"
21951 \begin_layout Enumerate
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21961 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21962 \begin_inset Graphics
21963 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21969 A grey label box like this:
21970 \begin_inset Graphics
21971 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21976 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21977 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22012 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22013 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22034 or the toolbar button
22035 \begin_inset Graphics
22036 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22042 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22043 \begin_inset Graphics
22044 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22049 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22051 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22064 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22066 Here is our cross-reference:
22069 \begin_layout Standard
22072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22073 reference "enu:Second-item"
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 It is recommended to use a protected space
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22086 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22089 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22098 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22106 \begin_layout Description
22107 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22108 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22109 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22116 \begin_layout Description
22117 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22118 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22128 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22129 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22136 \begin_layout Description
22137 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22139 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22140 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22147 \begin_layout Description
22150 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22151 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22152 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22159 \begin_layout Description
22160 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22163 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22165 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22166 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22173 \begin_layout Description
22174 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22175 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22181 \begin_layout Standard
22186 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22190 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22204 \begin_layout Standard
22205 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22206 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22207 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22226 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22227 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22231 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22236 You can only use the style
22240 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22244 is always possible.
22247 \begin_layout Standard
22248 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22249 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22250 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22251 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22254 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22268 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22269 The button text changes then to
22274 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22275 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22276 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22280 \begin_layout Standard
22281 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22282 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22283 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22288 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22292 References are described in detail in the
22299 \begin_layout Section
22300 Table of Contents and other Listings
22301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22302 name "Table of contents"
22307 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22313 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22321 \begin_layout Subsection
22322 Table of Contents and Outline
22323 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22324 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22331 \begin_layout Standard
22332 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22335 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22341 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22342 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22343 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22344 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22351 \begin_layout Standard
22352 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22353 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22354 in section\InsetSpace ~
22356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22357 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22361 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22362 Section\InsetSpace ~
22364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22365 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22369 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22371 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22372 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22373 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22376 \begin_layout Standard
22377 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22379 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22387 \begin_layout Subsection
22388 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22389 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22399 You can insert them via the
22401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22407 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22410 \begin_layout Section
22411 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22426 \begin_layout Standard
22427 It is often desirable to include long
22428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22435 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22436 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22437 to typeset properly.
22438 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22439 resulting in an overfull line.
22440 To avoid this, use the menu
22442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22445 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22448 \begin_layout Standard
22449 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22453 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22458 \begin_layout Standard
22459 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22460 name "LyX-Homepage"
22461 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22479 \begin_layout Itemize
22480 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22481 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22495 \begin_layout Itemize
22496 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22499 \begin_layout Section
22501 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22507 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22508 name "sec:Appendices"
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22516 Appendices are created with the menu
22518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22520 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22524 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22525 as appendix region.
22526 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22529 \begin_layout Standard
22530 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22531 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22532 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22533 and the subsection number.
22534 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22539 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22542 reference "cha:Credits"
22546 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22548 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22549 reference "sub:Export"
22556 \begin_layout Section
22558 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22559 name "Bibliography"
22564 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22565 name "sec:Bibliography"
22572 \begin_layout Standard
22573 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22574 You can include a bibliography database
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 Known under the name
22580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22592 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22594 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22598 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22600 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22601 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22608 \begin_layout Standard
22613 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22615 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22624 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22626 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22635 , a short form of its title, as key.
22638 \begin_layout Standard
22639 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22644 or the toobar button
22645 \begin_inset Graphics
22646 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22652 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22653 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22654 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22655 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22659 \begin_layout Standard
22660 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22661 with surrounding brackets.
22666 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22667 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22682 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22685 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22686 key "latexcompanion"
22693 \begin_layout Standard
22694 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22695 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22703 \begin_layout Subsection
22704 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22705 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22706 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22712 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22717 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22718 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22726 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22728 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
22730 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22731 your working field in a database.
22732 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22733 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22737 The database is a text file with the file extension
22738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22749 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22750 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22751 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22752 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22757 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22761 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22762 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22768 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22771 \begin_layout Standard
22772 To use a database, use the menu
22774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22779 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22795 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22796 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22813 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22814 take care of the layout.
22817 \begin_layout Standard
22818 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22829 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22831 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22868 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22885 the two methods of creating them.
22886 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22887 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22888 We used the style file
22892 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22895 \begin_layout Subsection
22896 Bibliography layout
22897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22898 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22907 For this feature you need to use the option
22913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22917 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22918 name "Document ! Settings"
22927 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22928 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22929 in the previous section.
22932 \begin_layout Standard
22933 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22934 in the citation reference window.
22935 Here an example where we set the text
22936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22939 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22944 to appear after the reference:
22947 \begin_layout Standard
22949 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22951 key "latexcompanion"
22958 \begin_layout Section
22960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22961 name "Index generation"
22966 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22974 \begin_layout Standard
22975 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22981 or the toolbar button
22982 \begin_inset Graphics
22983 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23001 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23002 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23003 by LyX as index entry.
23006 \begin_layout Standard
23007 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23015 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23016 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23021 Therefore you cannot insert
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23031 to an index entry field, because the
23032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23039 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23041 The correct entry is
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23053 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23054 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23055 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23056 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23058 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23059 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23071 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23076 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23081 A light blue box labeled
23082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23093 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23094 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23097 \begin_layout Subsection
23098 Grouping Index Entries
23099 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23100 name "Index ! Grouping"
23107 \begin_layout Standard
23108 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23110 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23111 lists under the entry
23112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23120 First we create the entry
23121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23128 in section\InsetSpace ~
23130 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23131 reference "sub:Lists"
23136 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23138 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23139 reference "sec:Itemize"
23143 , we insert the command
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23152 \begin_layout Standard
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23162 \begin_layout Standard
23163 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23165 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23166 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23173 \begin_layout Standard
23174 The exclamation mark
23175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23182 marks the grouping levels.
23183 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23184 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23185 If we don't have an index entry for
23186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23193 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23196 \begin_layout Subsection
23198 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23199 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23209 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23210 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23211 in section\InsetSpace ~
23213 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23214 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23224 Paragraph environments|(
23227 \begin_layout Standard
23228 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23230 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23231 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23241 Paragraph environments|)
23244 \begin_layout Standard
23246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23269 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23270 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23271 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23272 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23273 An example is the index entry
23274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23277 Document ! Settings
23278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23284 \begin_layout Subsection
23286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23287 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23294 \begin_layout Standard
23295 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23296 We referred for example in the index entry
23297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23304 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23306 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23307 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23311 ) to the index entry
23312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23319 in the same section using the command
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23325 GIF|see{Image formats}
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23330 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23333 \begin_layout Subsection
23335 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23336 name "Index ! Entry order"
23343 \begin_layout Standard
23344 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23345 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23346 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23352 section\InsetSpace ~
23354 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23355 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23364 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23365 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23391 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23396 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23397 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23402 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23403 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23407 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23408 order maïs, maison, maître.
23409 To achieve this, we use the command
23412 \begin_layout Standard
23415 previous entry@current entry
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 In our case we want to have
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23435 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23438 \begin_layout Standard
23444 \begin_layout Standard
23445 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23446 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23450 \begin_layout Subsection
23452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23453 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23460 \begin_layout Standard
23461 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23462 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23465 \begin_layout Standard
23470 textit{This is an italic entry}
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23480 produces the italic layout.
23481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23482 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23486 We refer to LaTeX books (
23487 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23488 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23492 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23493 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23494 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23503 textit{This is an italic entry}
23506 \begin_layout Standard
23507 You can also format the page number using the character
23508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23515 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23516 We can write for example
23519 \begin_layout Standard
23522 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23526 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23527 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23528 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23532 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23549 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23553 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23556 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23560 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23563 \begin_layout Standard
23564 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23566 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23567 for all index entries.
23570 \begin_layout Subsection
23572 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23573 name "Index ! Program"
23578 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23579 name "sub:Index-Program"
23586 \begin_layout Standard
23587 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23592 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23593 see section\InsetSpace ~
23595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23596 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23601 The available options are listed and explained in
23602 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23610 \begin_layout Standard
23611 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23619 \begin_layout Section
23620 Nomenclature / Glossary
23621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23622 name "Nomenclature"
23627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23628 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23633 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23634 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23642 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23643 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23651 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23652 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23659 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23660 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23665 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23668 \begin_layout Standard
23669 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23670 and then use the menu
23672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23677 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23680 or the toobar button
23681 \begin_inset Graphics
23682 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23700 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23703 \begin_layout Standard
23704 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23705 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23706 The second is the description of the symbol.
23709 \begin_layout Standard
23710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23718 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23719 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23727 \begin_layout Subsection
23728 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23730 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23738 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23742 field as LaTeX-formula.
23744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23748 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23773 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23774 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23786 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23796 \begin_layout Standard
23797 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23800 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23807 \begin_layout Standard
23813 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23814 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23819 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23826 in this document is:
23830 dummy entry for the character
23852 font use the command
23881 \begin_layout Subsection
23882 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23883 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23884 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23893 the symbol definition.
23894 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23895 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23898 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23900 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23907 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23911 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23914 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23919 They will be sorted by
23920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23946 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23949 will be sorted before the
23953 since the character
23954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23961 is considered in sorting.
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23965 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23970 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23971 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23973 For the given example, you can insert
23977 to this field for the
23978 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23985 will be located before
23986 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23993 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23998 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24006 \begin_layout Subsection
24007 Nomenclature Options
24008 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24009 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24016 \begin_layout Standard
24021 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24022 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24025 \begin_layout Description
24026 refeq Appends the phrase
24027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24042 to every nomenclature entry, where
24048 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24051 \begin_layout Description
24052 refpage Appends the phrase
24053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24068 to every nomenclature entry, where
24074 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24077 \begin_layout Description
24078 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 There are furthermore the options
24126 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24132 class options list in the
24134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24138 In this document the options
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24158 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24163 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24166 \begin_layout Description
24176 \begin_layout Description
24179 nomrefpage Like the
24186 \begin_layout Description
24189 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24198 \begin_layout Description
24201 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24204 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24207 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24210 \begin_layout Subsection
24211 Printing the Nomenclature
24212 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24213 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24226 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24230 A light blue box labeled
24231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24242 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24243 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24256 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24264 For example, in order to change the name to
24268 , add the following line to the preamble:
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24279 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24282 \begin_layout Standard
24283 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24291 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24302 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24305 \begin_layout Standard
24308 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24311 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24316 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24320 \begin_layout Section
24322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24328 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24329 name "Document ! Branches"
24334 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24335 name "sec:Branches"
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24344 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24345 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24346 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24350 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24351 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24352 To create a branch, go in the
24354 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24362 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24363 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24366 \begin_layout Standard
24367 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24368 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24373 where you can choose a branch.
24374 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24378 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24379 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 \begin_inset Branch Question
24386 \begin_layout Standard
24387 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24408 \begin_layout Standard
24409 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24415 \begin_layout Standard
24416 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
24417 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
24419 For example you can define for the question branch
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24424 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
24426 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24427 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24460 and for the answer branch
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 \begin_inset Branch Question
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24491 \begin_layout Standard
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24523 \begin_layout Standard
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24556 Now it is possible to use the commands
24560 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24567 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24570 to obtain conditional output.
24571 Here is an example formula where only the
24578 \begin_inset Formula \[
24579 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
24586 \begin_layout Standard
24587 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
24589 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24590 reference "sec:math-macros"
24597 \begin_layout Section
24598 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24607 \begin_layout Subsection
24609 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24615 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24616 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24624 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24625 constructs, but not all.
24626 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24627 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24628 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24629 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24630 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24631 and their commands.
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24645 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24646 An ERT box is created by the menu
24648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24651 or by the toolbar button
24652 \begin_inset Graphics
24653 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24658 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24671 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24672 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24685 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24686 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24693 , you can write the command part
24699 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24703 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24704 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24708 \begin_layout Standard
24709 \begin_inset Graphics
24710 filename clipart/ERT.png
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 This is a line with a
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24750 \begin_layout Standard
24751 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24759 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24760 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24768 \begin_layout Subsection
24769 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24770 \begin_inset OptArg
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24781 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24786 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24787 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24796 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24797 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24806 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24807 every time if you know the right commands.
24809 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24810 the end of the day.
24811 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24812 all caption labels bold.
24813 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24815 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24819 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24820 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24821 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24823 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24831 \begin_layout Standard
24832 As result you know that the package
24837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24838 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24843 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24856 usepackage[options]{package name}
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24861 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24862 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24865 \begin_layout Standard
24866 In your case the package name is
24871 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24876 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24877 So you add the command
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24885 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24894 For more commands provided by the
24898 package, have a look at its documentation,
24899 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24915 For example if you use a
24919 class, you don't need the package
24923 , you can instead write
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24931 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24938 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24939 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24946 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24951 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24953 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24957 \begin_layout Standard
24958 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24960 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24961 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24969 \begin_layout Section
24970 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24971 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24972 name "Instant preview"
24977 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24978 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24984 name "Document ! Preview"
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24992 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24993 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24994 to break your train of thought with
24996 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
25004 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
25007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25008 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
25014 as explained below, and turn on
25016 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25021 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25035 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25037 Previews of an already loaded document are
25041 generated just by selecting the
25043 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25046 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25051 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
25056 check box in the insert dialog.
25057 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25066 (on some systems named simply
25071 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25072 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25077 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25078 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25086 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25090 \begin_layout Standard
25091 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25102 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25106 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25107 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25109 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25110 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25111 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25112 the source view window.
25115 \begin_layout Section
25117 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25118 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25123 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25124 name "Spell checking"
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25132 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25133 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25150 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25156 can be seen as successor of
25160 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25165 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25166 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25175 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25176 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25186 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25189 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25190 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25191 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25192 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25193 scrolled so that it is visible.
25198 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25200 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25204 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25205 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25212 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25216 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25217 will bring an error message.
25218 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25219 specifying a different
25221 Alternative language
25223 in preferences dialog.
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25230 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25235 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25236 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25238 But you can use the
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25249 This does work with
25253 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25256 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25265 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25268 \begin_layout Description
25269 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25270 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25271 checker should consider, e.g.
25272 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25273 This should not normally be needed.
25276 \begin_layout Description
25277 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25278 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25279 choice as your personal dictionary
25282 \begin_layout Description
25283 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25284 compound\InsetSpace ~
25285 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25297 \begin_layout Description
25300 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25309 also for the spellchecker.
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25314 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25317 reference "sub:Settings"
25326 Only enable this if you use
25330 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25331 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25332 so this is disabled by default.
25335 \begin_layout Section
25337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25344 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25359 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25362 or the toolbar button
25363 \begin_inset Graphics
25364 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25366 rotateOrigin center
25371 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25377 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25378 cases to find related words.
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25382 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25384 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25392 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25401 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25420 \begin_layout Section
25422 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25423 name "Change Tracking"
25428 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25429 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25434 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25435 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25444 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25445 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25446 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25449 Change\InsetSpace ~
25450 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25457 \begin_layout Standard
25458 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25467 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25479 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25487 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25489 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 \begin_inset Graphics
25505 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25520 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25524 \begin_layout Standard
25525 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25532 \begin_inset Tabular
25533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25534 <features islongtable="true">
25535 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25536 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 \begin_inset Graphics
25543 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25545 rotateOrigin center
25554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25561 Change\InsetSpace ~
25562 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25575 \begin_inset Graphics
25576 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25578 rotateOrigin center
25587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 Change\InsetSpace ~
25595 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25597 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 \begin_inset Graphics
25611 filename ../images/change-next.png
25612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25613 rotateOrigin center
25622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25625 \begin_layout Standard
25626 Jumps to the next change
25632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25636 \begin_layout Standard
25637 \begin_inset Graphics
25638 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25640 rotateOrigin center
25649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 Change\InsetSpace ~
25657 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25658 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25670 \begin_inset Graphics
25671 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25673 rotateOrigin center
25682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25689 Change\InsetSpace ~
25690 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25691 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 \begin_inset Graphics
25704 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25706 rotateOrigin center
25715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25722 Change\InsetSpace ~
25723 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_inset Graphics
25737 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25738 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25739 rotateOrigin center
25748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25754 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25755 Change\InsetSpace ~
25756 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25757 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25770 \begin_inset Graphics
25771 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25773 rotateOrigin center
25782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25789 Change\InsetSpace ~
25790 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25791 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25804 \begin_inset Graphics
25805 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25807 rotateOrigin center
25816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25823 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 \begin_inset Graphics
25837 filename ../images/note-next.png
25838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25839 rotateOrigin center
25848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25851 \begin_layout Standard
25854 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25878 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25879 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25880 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25881 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25882 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25883 step to the next change.
25884 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25889 to describe a change.
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25893 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25896 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25897 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25904 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25905 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25910 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25913 \begin_layout Section
25914 International Support
25915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25916 name "International support"
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25925 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25926 how to set up LyX to use them:
25927 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25928 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25939 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25946 \begin_layout Subsection
25948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25949 name "Language ! Options"
25954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25955 name "Document ! Settings"
25960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25961 name "Document ! Language"
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25974 dialog lets you set
25976 the language and character encoding for your language.
25980 \begin_layout Standard
25981 Choose your language in the
25985 section of this dialog.
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25998 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
26002 use language's default encoding
26004 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
26005 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
26007 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26008 reference "sub:Settings"
26015 \begin_layout Subsection
26016 Keyboard mapping configuration
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26020 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
26021 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
26022 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26023 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26024 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26025 see section\InsetSpace ~
26027 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26028 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26033 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26034 which one you want to use.
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26039 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26040 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26041 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26042 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26043 one to support the characters you want.
26044 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26051 \begin_layout Subsection
26053 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26064 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26065 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26074 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26080 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26088 \begin_layout Itemize
26089 Even if you have selected
26095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26098 dialog, users who have only the
26102 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26106 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26107 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26108 french quotes won't show up.
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 \begin_inset Float table
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26118 \begin_inset Caption
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26121 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26122 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26140 \begin_inset Tabular
26141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26160 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26281 \begin_layout Standard
26296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26353 \begin_layout Standard
26368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26389 \begin_layout Standard
26404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26459 <row topline="true">
26460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26490 \begin_layout Standard
26496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26559 \begin_layout Standard
26573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26576 \begin_layout Standard
26590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26703 <row topline="true">
26704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26707 \begin_layout Standard
26722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26963 <row topline="true">
26964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26967 \begin_layout Standard
26982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26994 \begin_layout Standard
27000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27003 \begin_layout Standard
27012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27218 <row topline="true">
27219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27240 \begin_layout Standard
27246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27478 <row topline="true">
27479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27730 <row topline="true">
27731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27838 \begin_layout Standard
27852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27982 <row topline="true">
27983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27986 \begin_layout Standard
28001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28142 \begin_layout Standard
28148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28234 <row topline="true">
28235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28238 \begin_layout Standard
28253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28494 <row topline="true">
28495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28516 \begin_layout Standard
28522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28636 \begin_layout Standard
28642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28754 <row topline="true">
28755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28905 \begin_layout Standard
28911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28965 \begin_layout Standard
28979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29014 <row topline="true">
29015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29018 \begin_layout Standard
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29174 \begin_layout Standard
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29274 <row topline="true">
29275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Standard
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29534 <row topline="true">
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Standard
29553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Standard
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Standard
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Standard
29684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Standard
29796 <row topline="true">
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Standard
29815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29818 \begin_layout Standard
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Standard
29833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Standard
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Standard
29901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29904 \begin_layout Standard
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Standard
29935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29947 \begin_layout Standard
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Standard
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Standard
30048 <row topline="true">
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Standard
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Standard
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Standard
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Standard
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Standard
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Standard
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Standard
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Standard
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Standard
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Standard
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30259 \begin_layout Standard
30273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30276 \begin_layout Standard
30290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Standard
30308 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Standard
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Standard
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Standard
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30399 \begin_layout Standard
30413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30416 \begin_layout Standard
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Standard
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Standard
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30573 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30575 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30576 also the characters from
30588 \begin_layout Itemize
30597 \begin_layout Standard
30598 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30603 \begin_layout Standard
30604 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30609 \begin_layout Standard
30610 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30615 \begin_layout Standard
30616 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30621 \begin_layout Standard
30627 \begin_layout Standard
30633 \begin_layout Standard
30640 \begin_layout Itemize
30653 \begin_layout Standard
30659 \begin_layout Standard
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30671 \begin_layout Standard
30677 \begin_layout Standard
30683 \begin_layout Standard
30690 \begin_layout Standard
30691 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30692 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30693 Also make sure you're using the
30700 \begin_layout Chapter
30703 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30704 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30711 \begin_layout Standard
30712 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30713 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30714 inside the user's guide.
30717 \begin_layout Section
30719 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30727 \begin_layout Standard
30732 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30733 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30736 \begin_layout Subsection
30740 \begin_layout Standard
30741 Creates a new document.
30744 \begin_layout Subsection
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30749 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30750 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30751 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30754 \begin_layout Subsection
30758 \begin_layout Standard
30762 \begin_layout Subsection
30766 \begin_layout Standard
30767 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30768 Click there on a file to open it.
30771 \begin_layout Subsection
30775 \begin_layout Standard
30776 Closes the current document.
30779 \begin_layout Subsection
30783 \begin_layout Standard
30784 Saves the actual document.
30787 \begin_layout Subsection
30791 \begin_layout Standard
30792 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30795 \begin_layout Subsection
30799 \begin_layout Standard
30800 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30803 \begin_layout Subsection
30807 \begin_layout Standard
30808 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30809 It is described in the section
30811 Version Control in LyX
30815 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30821 \begin_layout Subsection
30825 \begin_layout Standard
30826 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30827 text files (ASCII-files).
30828 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30831 \begin_layout Standard
30832 When using the menu
30835 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30838 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30839 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30840 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30841 will start a new paragraph.
30844 \begin_layout Subsection
30846 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30854 \begin_layout Standard
30855 You can export your document to various file formats.
30856 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30857 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30858 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30861 \begin_layout Standard
30862 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30863 section\InsetSpace ~
30865 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30866 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30873 \begin_layout Description
30879 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30880 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30883 \begin_layout Description
30891 \begin_layout Description
30892 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30896 \begin_layout Description
30899 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30904 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30912 \begin_layout Description
30919 \begin_layout Standard
30929 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30930 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30934 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30937 \begin_layout Description
30944 \begin_layout Standard
30954 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30955 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30963 \begin_layout Description
30965 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30973 is replaced by the version number)
30976 \begin_layout Description
30977 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30990 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30994 \begin_layout Description
30999 PDF-format using the program
31004 \begin_layout Description
31010 PDF-format using the program
31015 \begin_layout Description
31021 PDF-format using the program
31026 \begin_layout Description
31035 \begin_layout Description
31042 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31043 and then exported as text using the program
31048 \begin_layout Description
31053 PostScript format using the program
31058 \begin_layout Description
31066 \begin_layout Standard
31071 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31072 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31078 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31081 \begin_layout Standard
31082 If one of the menu entries
31095 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31096 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31098 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31099 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31104 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31105 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31112 \begin_layout Standard
31117 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31118 the export program.
31121 \begin_layout Subsection
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31126 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31127 or send it to a printer.
31128 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31129 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31135 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31137 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31138 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31145 \begin_layout Subsection
31146 New and Close Window
31149 \begin_layout Standard
31150 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31151 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31154 \begin_layout Section
31156 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31164 \begin_layout Subsection
31168 \begin_layout Standard
31169 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31172 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31179 \begin_layout Subsection
31180 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31183 \begin_layout Standard
31184 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31187 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31194 \begin_layout Subsection
31198 \begin_layout Standard
31199 Selects the whole document.
31202 \begin_layout Subsection
31206 \begin_layout Standard
31207 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31210 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31217 \begin_layout Subsection
31218 Move paragraph Up/Down
31221 \begin_layout Standard
31222 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31226 \begin_layout Subsection
31230 \begin_layout Standard
31231 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31233 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31234 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31241 \begin_layout Subsection
31243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31244 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31252 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31254 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31257 \begin_layout Standard
31258 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31259 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31273 \begin_layout Subsection
31277 \begin_layout Standard
31278 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31279 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31280 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31282 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31283 reference "sec:Tables"
31287 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31290 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31297 \begin_layout Subsection
31298 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31301 \begin_layout Standard
31302 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31304 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31306 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31307 reference "sec:Nesting"
31312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31313 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31320 \begin_layout Section
31322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31330 \begin_layout Standard
31335 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31336 document with an external program.
31337 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31338 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31339 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31341 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31342 reference "sub:Export"
31347 You should at least see the menu entries
31357 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31358 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31361 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31366 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31367 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31374 \begin_layout Standard
31375 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31376 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31378 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31379 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31384 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31388 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31391 At the bottom of the
31395 menu the opened documents are listed.
31398 \begin_layout Subsection
31402 \begin_layout Standard
31403 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31404 in section\InsetSpace ~
31406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31407 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31414 \begin_layout Subsection
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31420 opening a new view window.
31423 \begin_layout Subsection
31425 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31426 name "sub:Toolbars"
31431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31439 \begin_layout Standard
31440 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31441 All toolbars and the
31443 Command\InsetSpace ~
31446 can be turned on and off.
31451 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31469 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31473 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31480 \begin_layout Standard
31485 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31489 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31490 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31491 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31492 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31493 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31496 \begin_layout Standard
31497 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31500 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31507 \begin_layout Section
31509 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31510 name "Menu ! Insert"
31517 \begin_layout Subsection
31521 \begin_layout Standard
31522 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31525 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31532 \begin_layout Subsection
31534 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31535 name "sub:Special-Character"
31542 \begin_layout Standard
31543 Here you can insert the following characters:
31546 \begin_layout Description
31547 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31551 \begin_layout Description
31554 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31557 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31564 \begin_layout Description
31565 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31566 Quote Inserts this quote:
31567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31570 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31582 \begin_layout Description
31583 Single\InsetSpace ~
31584 Quote Inserts this quote:
31585 \begin_inset Quotes els
31591 \begin_layout Description
31593 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31597 \begin_layout Description
31598 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31601 name "Phonetic symbols"
31606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31607 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31611 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31612 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31613 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31618 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31619 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31625 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31629 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31636 and this Wiki-page:
31639 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31640 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31647 \begin_layout Subsection
31651 \begin_layout Standard
31652 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31655 \begin_layout Description
31656 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31657 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31663 \begin_layout Description
31664 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31665 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31671 \begin_layout Description
31672 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31673 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31675 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31676 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31683 \begin_layout Description
31684 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31685 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31687 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31688 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31695 \begin_layout Description
31697 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31699 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31700 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31707 \begin_layout Description
31708 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31709 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31711 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31712 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31719 \begin_layout Description
31720 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31721 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31723 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31724 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31731 \begin_layout Description
31732 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31733 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31735 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31736 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31743 \begin_layout Description
31744 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31745 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31747 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31748 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31755 \begin_layout Description
31756 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31757 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31759 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31760 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31767 \begin_layout Description
31769 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31771 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31772 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31779 \begin_layout Description
31781 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31783 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31784 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31791 \begin_layout Description
31793 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31795 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31796 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31803 \begin_layout Description
31805 Double\InsetSpace ~
31806 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31808 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31809 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31816 \begin_layout Subsection
31820 \begin_layout Standard
31821 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31822 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31823 in section\InsetSpace ~
31825 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31826 reference "sec:toc"
31831 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31834 reference "sec:Index"
31838 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31840 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31841 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31845 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31847 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31848 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31855 \begin_layout Subsection
31859 \begin_layout Standard
31860 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31862 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31863 reference "sec:Floats"
31870 \begin_layout Subsection
31874 \begin_layout Standard
31875 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31877 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31878 reference "sec:Notes"
31885 \begin_layout Subsection
31889 \begin_layout Standard
31890 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31892 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31893 reference "sec:Branches"
31900 \begin_layout Subsection
31902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31903 name "External Material"
31910 \begin_layout Standard
31911 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31912 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31923 \begin_layout Subsection
31925 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31933 \begin_layout Standard
31934 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31936 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31937 reference "sec:Minipages"
31942 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31953 \begin_layout Subsection
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31960 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31961 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31968 \begin_layout Subsection
31972 \begin_layout Standard
31973 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31976 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31983 \begin_layout Subsection
31987 \begin_layout Standard
31988 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31990 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31991 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31998 \begin_layout Subsection
32000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32007 name "Longtables ! Caption"
32014 \begin_layout Standard
32015 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
32016 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32018 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32019 reference "sec:Floats"
32023 , cations in longtables are described in section
32034 \begin_layout Subsection
32038 \begin_layout Standard
32039 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32041 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32042 reference "sec:Index"
32049 \begin_layout Subsection
32053 \begin_layout Standard
32054 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32056 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32057 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32064 \begin_layout Subsection
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32070 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32073 reference "sec:Tables"
32080 \begin_layout Subsection
32084 \begin_layout Standard
32086 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32089 reference "sec:Graphics"
32096 \begin_layout Subsection
32100 \begin_layout Standard
32101 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32103 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32104 reference "sec:URL"
32111 \begin_layout Subsection
32115 \begin_layout Standard
32116 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32118 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32119 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32126 \begin_layout Subsection
32130 \begin_layout Standard
32131 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32133 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32134 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32141 \begin_layout Subsection
32145 \begin_layout Standard
32146 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32149 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32156 \begin_layout Subsection
32160 \begin_layout Standard
32161 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32164 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32171 \begin_layout Subsection
32173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32174 name "Program listings"
32181 \begin_layout Standard
32182 Inserts a program listings box.
32183 Program listings are explained in chapter
32185 Program Code Listings
32194 \begin_layout Subsection
32198 \begin_layout Standard
32199 Inserts the actual date.
32200 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32202 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32212 There the different methods are also compared.
32215 \begin_layout Section
32217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32218 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32225 \begin_layout Standard
32226 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32227 the current document.
32228 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32231 \begin_layout Standard
32232 The Navigate menu also offers to
32235 \begin_layout Subsection
32239 \begin_layout Standard
32240 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32241 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32243 between section\InsetSpace ~
32245 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32246 2.5 and use the menu
32250 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32254 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32258 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32262 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32274 \begin_layout Standard
32275 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32276 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32279 \begin_layout Subsection
32280 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32283 \begin_layout Standard
32284 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32288 \begin_layout Subsection
32292 \begin_layout Standard
32293 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32294 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32295 on a cross-reference box.
32298 \begin_layout Section
32300 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32301 name "Menu ! Document"
32308 \begin_layout Subsection
32312 \begin_layout Standard
32313 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32315 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32316 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32323 \begin_layout Subsection
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32341 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32344 \begin_layout Standard
32345 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32350 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32353 \begin_layout Subsection
32357 \begin_layout Standard
32358 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32361 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32368 \begin_layout Subsection
32369 Start Appendix Here
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32373 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32374 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32376 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32377 reference "sec:Appendices"
32384 \begin_layout Subsection
32388 \begin_layout Standard
32389 Un/compresses the actual document.
32392 \begin_layout Subsection
32394 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32395 name "sub:Settings"
32400 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32401 name "Document ! Settings"
32408 \begin_layout Standard
32409 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32411 You can save your document settings as default with the
32413 Save as Document Defaults
32415 button in the dialog.
32416 This will create a template named
32420 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32424 \begin_layout Standard
32425 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32428 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32432 \begin_layout Standard
32433 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32434 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32436 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32437 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32442 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32447 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32448 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32451 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32455 \begin_layout Standard
32456 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32458 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32459 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32466 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32470 \begin_layout Standard
32471 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32473 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32477 \begin_layout Standard
32478 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32479 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32480 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32483 \begin_layout Standard
32484 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32492 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32496 \begin_layout Standard
32497 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32500 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32506 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32513 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32517 \begin_layout Standard
32518 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32521 reference "sub:Margins"
32528 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32530 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32531 name "Language ! Encoding"
32538 \begin_layout Standard
32539 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32540 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32541 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32542 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32543 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32544 known for a particular character).
32548 \begin_layout Standard
32549 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32550 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32555 manual for details.
32563 \begin_layout Standard
32564 If you use the option
32566 use language's default encoding
32568 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32570 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32571 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32572 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32573 exactly one encoding.
32574 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32582 \begin_layout Standard
32583 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32584 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32586 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32587 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32600 \begin_layout Standard
32601 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32602 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32603 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32604 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32605 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32606 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32609 use language's default encoding
32611 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32612 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32613 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32616 \begin_layout Standard
32617 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32620 \begin_layout Description
32624 use language's default encoding
32626 , but the LaTeX-package
32631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32632 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32637 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32640 \begin_layout Description
32641 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32644 \begin_layout Description
32645 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32646 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32649 \begin_layout Description
32650 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32653 \begin_layout Description
32654 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32657 \begin_layout Description
32658 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32661 \begin_layout Description
32662 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32665 \begin_layout Description
32666 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32669 \begin_layout Description
32670 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32671 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32674 \begin_layout Description
32675 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32676 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32679 \begin_layout Description
32680 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32683 \begin_layout Description
32684 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32687 \begin_layout Description
32688 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32691 \begin_layout Description
32692 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32695 \begin_layout Description
32696 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32697 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32698 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32702 \begin_layout Description
32703 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32704 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32707 \begin_layout Description
32708 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32712 \begin_layout Description
32713 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32716 \begin_layout Description
32717 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32718 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32721 \begin_layout Description
32722 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32723 the euro currency sign, the
32727 \begin_layout Standard
32736 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32737 be the replacement for latin1
32740 \begin_layout Description
32741 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32744 \begin_layout Description
32745 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32750 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32751 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32755 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32758 \begin_layout Description
32759 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32763 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32766 \begin_layout Description
32767 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32773 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32777 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32780 \begin_layout Description
32781 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32785 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32793 \begin_layout Standard
32794 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32795 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32808 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32812 \begin_layout Standard
32813 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32814 in section\InsetSpace ~
32816 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32817 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32824 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32828 \begin_layout Standard
32829 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32833 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32844 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32845 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32850 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32853 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32860 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32864 \begin_layout Standard
32865 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32869 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32878 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32879 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32885 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32888 \begin_layout Standard
32893 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32894 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32897 \begin_layout Standard
32902 is used for special integral characters.
32905 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32909 \begin_layout Standard
32910 The float placement options are described in section
32911 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32915 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32916 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32923 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32927 \begin_layout Standard
32928 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32929 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32932 reference "sec:Itemize"
32939 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32943 \begin_layout Standard
32944 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32947 reference "sec:Branches"
32954 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32959 \begin_layout Standard
32969 \begin_layout Standard
32970 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32971 to define LaTeX-commands.
32972 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32973 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32977 \begin_layout Standard
32978 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32980 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32981 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32988 \begin_layout Section
32990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32991 name "Menu ! Tools"
32998 \begin_layout Subsection
33002 \begin_layout Standard
33003 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33005 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33006 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
33013 \begin_layout Subsection
33017 \begin_layout Standard
33018 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33020 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33021 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33028 \begin_layout Subsection
33030 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33038 \begin_layout Standard
33039 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33043 \begin_layout Subsection
33048 \begin_layout Standard
33056 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33057 name "TeX Information"
33064 \begin_layout Standard
33065 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33068 \begin_layout Subsection
33070 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33071 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33077 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33084 \begin_layout Standard
33085 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33086 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33089 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33096 \begin_layout Subsection
33100 \begin_layout Standard
33101 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33102 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33106 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33107 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33114 \begin_layout Section
33116 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33124 \begin_layout Standard
33125 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33129 \begin_layout Standard
33135 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33136 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33138 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33139 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33146 \begin_layout Section
33148 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33149 name "sec:Toolbars"
33156 \begin_layout Standard
33157 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33159 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33160 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33167 \begin_layout Standard
33168 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33169 This is described in the
33177 \begin_layout Subsection
33179 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33180 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33187 \begin_layout Standard
33188 \begin_inset Graphics
33189 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33197 \begin_layout Standard
33198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33204 \begin_layout Standard
33205 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33210 \begin_layout Standard
33222 \begin_inset Note Note
33225 \begin_layout Standard
33226 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33231 manual for more information.
33239 \begin_layout Standard
33240 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33246 \begin_layout Standard
33247 \begin_inset Tabular
33248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33249 <features islongtable="true">
33250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33256 \begin_layout Standard
33257 \begin_inset Graphics
33258 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Standard
33272 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33285 \begin_layout Standard
33286 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33292 \begin_layout Standard
33294 \begin_inset Tabular
33295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33296 <features islongtable="true">
33297 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33298 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Standard
33306 \begin_inset Graphics
33307 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Standard
33323 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Standard
33335 \begin_inset Graphics
33336 filename ../images/file-open.png
33337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Standard
33352 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Standard
33364 \begin_inset Graphics
33365 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Standard
33381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Standard
33393 \begin_inset Graphics
33394 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33395 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Standard
33410 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Standard
33422 \begin_inset Graphics
33423 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Standard
33439 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Standard
33451 \begin_inset Graphics
33452 filename ../images/undo.png
33453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Standard
33468 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Standard
33480 \begin_inset Graphics
33481 filename ../images/redo.png
33482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Standard
33497 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Standard
33509 \begin_inset Graphics
33510 filename ../images/cut.png
33511 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Standard
33526 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Standard
33538 \begin_inset Graphics
33539 filename ../images/copy.png
33540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Standard
33555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Standard
33567 \begin_inset Graphics
33568 filename ../images/paste.png
33569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Standard
33584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33596 \begin_inset Graphics
33597 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33599 rotateOrigin center
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33614 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33615 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33616 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Standard
33628 \begin_inset Graphics
33629 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Standard
33643 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33645 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 \begin_inset Graphics
33661 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Standard
33675 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33677 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Standard
33692 \begin_inset Graphics
33693 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Standard
33707 Formats text using the current settings in the
33709 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Standard
33724 \begin_inset Graphics
33725 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Standard
33741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33742 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33743 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33755 \begin_inset Graphics
33756 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33758 rotateOrigin center
33767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33770 \begin_layout Standard
33773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Standard
33785 \begin_inset Graphics
33786 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33788 rotateOrigin center
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Standard
33803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Standard
33815 \begin_inset Graphics
33816 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33818 rotateOrigin center
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Standard
33831 Toggle outline window on/off,
33833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Standard
33845 \begin_inset Graphics
33846 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33848 rotateOrigin center
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Standard
33861 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Standard
33872 \begin_inset Graphics
33873 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33875 rotateOrigin center
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Standard
33888 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33901 \begin_layout Subsection
33903 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33904 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33911 \begin_layout Standard
33912 \begin_inset Graphics
33913 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33921 \begin_layout Standard
33922 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33928 \begin_layout Standard
33929 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33934 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33941 \begin_inset Tabular
33942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33943 <features islongtable="true">
33944 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33951 \begin_inset Graphics
33952 filename ../images/layout.png
33953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33954 rotateOrigin center
33963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33978 \begin_inset Graphics
33979 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33981 rotateOrigin center
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Standard
34000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34005 \begin_inset Graphics
34006 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
34007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34008 rotateOrigin center
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34032 \begin_inset Graphics
34033 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34035 rotateOrigin center
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Standard
34059 \begin_inset Graphics
34060 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34062 rotateOrigin center
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Standard
34081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34086 \begin_inset Graphics
34087 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34089 rotateOrigin center
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34105 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34118 \begin_inset Graphics
34119 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34121 rotateOrigin center
34130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34137 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Standard
34150 \begin_inset Graphics
34151 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34168 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Standard
34180 \begin_inset Graphics
34181 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34194 \begin_layout Standard
34197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34198 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Standard
34210 \begin_inset Graphics
34211 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34234 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Standard
34239 \begin_inset Graphics
34240 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Standard
34268 \begin_inset Graphics
34269 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34270 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Standard
34297 \begin_inset Graphics
34298 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Standard
34327 \begin_inset Graphics
34328 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34345 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34357 \begin_inset Graphics
34358 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Standard
34374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34386 \begin_inset Graphics
34387 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34389 rotateOrigin center
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Standard
34404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34405 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Standard
34417 \begin_inset Graphics
34418 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Standard
34434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34435 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34447 \begin_layout Standard
34448 \begin_inset Graphics
34449 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34462 \begin_layout Standard
34465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34477 \begin_inset Graphics
34478 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34501 \begin_layout Standard
34516 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34521 \begin_inset Graphics
34522 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34539 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Standard
34552 \begin_inset Graphics
34553 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34555 rotateOrigin center
34564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34582 \begin_layout Standard
34583 \begin_inset Graphics
34584 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34586 rotateOrigin center
34595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34602 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34613 \begin_layout Standard
34614 \begin_inset Graphics
34615 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34617 rotateOrigin center
34626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34629 \begin_layout Standard
34632 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34646 \begin_layout Subsection
34647 View / Update Toolbar
34648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34649 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34656 \begin_layout Standard
34657 \begin_inset Graphics
34658 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34665 \begin_layout Standard
34666 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34672 \begin_layout Standard
34673 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34678 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34685 \begin_inset Tabular
34686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34687 <features islongtable="true">
34688 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34689 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 \begin_inset Graphics
34696 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34698 rotateOrigin center
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34713 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 \begin_inset Graphics
34726 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34728 rotateOrigin center
34737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34740 \begin_layout Standard
34743 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34744 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 \begin_inset Graphics
34757 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34758 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34759 rotateOrigin center
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34774 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34786 \begin_inset Graphics
34787 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34788 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34789 rotateOrigin center
34798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34804 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34805 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34810 \begin_layout Standard
34811 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34812 functionality is merged with
34814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Standard
34834 \begin_inset Graphics
34835 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34837 rotateOrigin center
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Standard
34852 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34864 \begin_inset Graphics
34865 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34867 rotateOrigin center
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Standard
34882 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34883 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34897 \begin_layout Subsection
34901 \begin_layout Standard
34902 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34905 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34909 , the table toolbar
34910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34911 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34915 is explained in the
34922 \begin_layout Chapter
34928 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34929 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34942 \begin_layout Standard
34943 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34945 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34948 \begin_layout Section
34952 \begin_layout Subsection
34954 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34961 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34967 name "Customization ! of menus"
34974 \begin_layout Standard
34975 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34978 \begin_layout Standard
34983 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34992 User Interface File
34993 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34994 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34999 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35000 name "Customization ! of menus"
35007 \begin_layout Standard
35008 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35009 interface (ui) file.
35010 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35011 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35020 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35021 files and edit the entries.
35024 \begin_layout Standard
35025 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35037 entries must be ended with an explicit
35062 and in the case of the
35063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35075 The syntax for the entries is:
35078 \begin_layout Standard
35079 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35107 \begin_layout Standard
35109 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35112 All LyX-functions are listed in
35113 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35121 \begin_layout Standard
35122 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35128 \begin_layout Standard
35129 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35131 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35134 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35139 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35144 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35149 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35152 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35155 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35157 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35165 \begin_layout Standard
35166 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35167 Several binding files are available:
35170 \begin_layout Description
35171 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35174 \begin_layout Description
35175 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35186 \begin_layout Description
35187 mac.bind set of bindings for
35189 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35195 \begin_layout Standard
35196 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35200 , and bind files for special languages.
35201 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35211 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35216 Some bind-files, like
35220 , have only a small scope.
35221 When looking at the the end of the file
35225 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35229 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35230 s with a text editor.
35231 The syntax of the entries is:
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 All LyX-functions are listed in
35260 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35275 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35276 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35277 restore window size, or use fixed size
35279 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35286 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35287 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35288 restore window position
35290 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35293 \begin_layout Standard
35296 Restore cursor positions
35298 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35302 \begin_layout Standard
35305 Load opened files from last session
35307 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35312 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35313 name "sub:Backup documents"
35318 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35319 name "Backup ! Documents"
35326 \begin_layout Standard
35331 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35334 \begin_layout Standard
35339 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35342 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35356 Cursor follows scrollbar
35358 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Enable Pixmap Cache
35371 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
35372 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
35373 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
35374 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
35376 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
35381 \begin_layout Subsection
35383 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35384 name "Font ! Screen"
35389 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35390 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35401 \begin_layout Standard
35402 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35405 \begin_layout Standard
35410 This section only deals with the fonts
35415 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35418 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35429 \begin_layout Standard
35430 By default, LyX uses
35434 as roman (serif) font,
35442 (depends on the system) as
35458 \begin_layout Standard
35459 You can change the font size with the
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35471 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35472 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35473 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35474 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35475 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35477 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35478 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35490 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35491 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35495 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35498 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35505 \begin_layout Subsection
35507 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35508 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35514 name "Settings ! Color"
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35523 Choose an item in the list and use the
35530 \begin_layout Subsection
35532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35533 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35541 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35544 \begin_layout Standard
35549 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35550 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35552 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35553 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35560 \begin_layout Subsection
35562 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35563 name "Keyboard Map"
35568 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35569 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35574 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35575 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35582 \begin_layout Standard
35583 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35584 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35585 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35587 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35588 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35599 \begin_layout Standard
35604 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35612 \begin_layout Section
35614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35621 name "Settings ! Directory"
35628 \begin_layout Description
35629 Working\InsetSpace ~
35630 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35631 It is the default when you
35647 \begin_layout Description
35648 Document\InsetSpace ~
35649 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35659 \begin_layout Description
35660 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35663 name "Backup ! Directory"
35667 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35668 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35670 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35671 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35679 will be used to save the backups.
35681 The backup files have the ending
35682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35692 \begin_layout Description
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35704 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35705 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35711 \begin_layout Standard
35716 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35724 \begin_layout Description
35725 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35726 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35729 \begin_layout Description
35731 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35732 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35733 to find it on the system.
35734 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35735 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35736 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35737 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35738 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35739 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35744 \begin_layout Section
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35750 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35751 in section\InsetSpace ~
35753 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35754 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35758 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35761 \begin_layout Section
35763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35764 name "Language ! Settings"
35769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35770 name "Settings ! Language"
35777 \begin_layout Subsection
35781 \begin_layout Description
35782 Default\InsetSpace ~
35783 language is the language used in new documents
35786 \begin_layout Description
35787 Language\InsetSpace ~
35788 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35790 The default is the LaTeX-command
35796 that loads the package
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35805 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35808 reference "sec:ERT"
35823 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35824 the document language.
35825 A text label is for instance the word
35826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35833 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35836 \begin_layout Description
35837 Command\InsetSpace ~
35838 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35839 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35840 An example is the start command
35846 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35851 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35865 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35870 \begin_layout Description
35871 Command\InsetSpace ~
35877 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35878 command toggles the package on and off.
35881 \begin_layout Description
35890 \begin_layout Description
35891 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35892 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35893 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35894 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35901 \begin_layout Description
35903 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35905 When this option is not set, the
35907 Command\InsetSpace ~
35910 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35911 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35913 Command\InsetSpace ~
35919 \begin_layout Description
35927 When it is not set, the
35929 Command\InsetSpace ~
35932 is set to the end of the document.
35935 \begin_layout Description
35937 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35938 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35939 the document language will be underlined blue.
35942 \begin_layout Description
35946 language\InsetSpace ~
35947 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35948 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35951 \begin_layout Subsection
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35956 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35958 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35959 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35966 \begin_layout Section
35970 \begin_layout Subsection
35972 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35978 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35985 name "Settings ! Printer"
35992 \begin_layout Description
35993 Default\InsetSpace ~
35994 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
35995 The name will be used when the
36002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36005 \begin_layout Standard
36010 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36019 \begin_layout Description
36021 output\InsetSpace ~
36023 printer This option works only for the
36028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36040 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36041 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36044 \begin_layout Description
36045 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36046 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36047 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36048 LaTeX uses for printing.
36049 The default is on most systems
36056 \begin_layout Description
36057 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36058 Command\InsetSpace ~
36059 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36060 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36061 of the program that provides the
36068 \begin_layout Subsection
36070 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36077 name "Settings ! Date format"
36084 \begin_layout Standard
36085 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36088 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36089 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36095 For example the format
36099 prints the date as day/month/year.
36102 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Description
36107 Output\InsetSpace ~
36109 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36110 when using the menu
36112 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36113 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36118 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36122 \begin_layout Description
36124 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36129 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36130 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36133 \begin_layout Subsection
36138 \begin_layout Standard
36146 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36147 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36152 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36153 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36160 \begin_layout Description
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36173 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36178 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36200 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36213 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36214 LyX sets up in the background.
36215 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36218 \begin_layout Description
36219 Default\InsetSpace ~
36221 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36226 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36229 \begin_layout Description
36232 options\InsetSpace ~
36234 document\InsetSpace ~
36235 classes\InsetSpace ~
36236 changes Removes all manually set document
36237 class options in the
36239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36242 dialog when changing the document class.
36245 \begin_layout Standard
36248 External Applications
36250 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36251 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36252 manuals of the applications.
36253 Currently the following commands can be set:
36256 \begin_layout Description
36261 \begin_layout Standard
36269 command Command for the program
36273 that is described in section
36284 \begin_layout Description
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36297 command Command for the program
36301 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36303 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36304 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36311 \begin_layout Description
36313 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36315 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36316 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36323 \begin_layout Description
36325 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36328 options They only have an effect when the program
36332 is used as DVI-viewer.
36335 \begin_layout Subsection
36337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36344 name "Settings ! Paths"
36351 \begin_layout Standard
36356 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36359 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36361 uses the Windows path style:
36364 \begin_layout Standard
36372 \begin_layout Standard
36373 instead of the Unix path style:
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36380 \begin_layout Section
36382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36390 \begin_layout Standard
36391 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36392 from one format to another.
36393 You can modify them or create new ones.
36394 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36408 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36414 drop-down list, modify the
36418 field, and press the
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36428 Converter File Cache
36430 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36433 Maximum Age (in days
36436 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36437 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36440 \begin_layout Standard
36441 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36442 the converter definition, is described in section
36453 \begin_layout Section
36455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36456 name "File formats"
36461 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36462 name "sec:File-Formats"
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36471 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36473 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36490 \begin_layout Standard
36491 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36492 is described in section
36503 \begin_layout Section
36505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36515 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36516 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36517 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36518 This is done by a Copier.
36521 \begin_layout Standard
36522 More about converters is described in section
36533 \begin_layout Chapter
36534 Units available in LyX
36535 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36541 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36542 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36550 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36551 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36552 reference "cap:Units"
36556 explains all units available in LyX.
36559 \begin_layout Standard
36560 \begin_inset Float table
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36567 \begin_inset Caption
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36570 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36583 \begin_layout Standard
36584 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36592 \begin_inset Tabular
36593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36597 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36617 <row topline="true">
36618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36621 \begin_layout Standard
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Standard
36637 <row topline="true">
36638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36641 \begin_layout Standard
36647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36657 <row topline="true">
36658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36661 \begin_layout Standard
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36677 <row topline="true">
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36691 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36692 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36699 <row topline="true">
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36712 \begin_layout Standard
36713 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36714 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36721 <row topline="true">
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36735 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36736 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36743 <row topline="true">
36744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36747 \begin_layout Standard
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36757 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36758 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36765 <row topline="true">
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Standard
36779 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36781 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36784 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36791 <row topline="true">
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36806 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36813 <row topline="true">
36814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36826 \begin_layout Standard
36827 % of original image width
36833 <row topline="true">
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Standard
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Standard
36853 <row topline="true">
36854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36857 \begin_layout Standard
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36873 <row topline="true">
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36893 <row topline="true">
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Standard
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Standard
36913 <row topline="true">
36914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36917 \begin_layout Standard
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Standard
36933 <row topline="true">
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout Standard
36953 <row topline="true">
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Standard
36963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36966 \begin_layout Standard
36977 <row topline="true">
36978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36981 \begin_layout Standard
36987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36990 \begin_layout Standard
37001 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Standard
37011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37014 \begin_layout Standard
37015 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37016 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37035 \begin_layout Chapter
37037 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37045 \begin_layout Standard
37046 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37047 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37050 \begin_layout Itemize
37053 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37056 \begin_layout Itemize
37062 \begin_layout Itemize
37068 \begin_layout Itemize
37074 \begin_layout Itemize
37080 \begin_layout Itemize
37086 \begin_layout Itemize
37092 \begin_layout Itemize
37098 \begin_layout Itemize
37101 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37104 \begin_layout Itemize
37110 \begin_layout Itemize
37116 \begin_layout Itemize
37122 \begin_layout Itemize
37128 \begin_layout Itemize
37134 \begin_layout Itemize
37140 \begin_layout Itemize
37146 \begin_layout Itemize
37152 \begin_layout Itemize
37154 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37162 \begin_layout Standard
37165 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37172 \begin_layout Bibliography
37173 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37183 \begin_layout Standard
37187 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37197 \begin_inset Note Note
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37207 is explained in the
37212 It creates a TOC entry.
37215 \begin_layout Standard
37216 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37217 two different ones in one document.
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37230 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37239 \begin_layout Standard
37247 \begin_inset Note Note
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37257 is explained in the
37262 It creates a hyperlink.
37270 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37271 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37278 \begin_layout Bibliography
37279 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37280 key "latexcompanion"
37284 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37286 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37289 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37292 \begin_layout Bibliography
37293 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37298 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37301 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37304 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37307 \begin_layout Bibliography
37308 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37315 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37318 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37321 \begin_layout Bibliography
37322 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37334 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37337 \begin_layout Bibliography
37338 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37346 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37347 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37354 \begin_layout Bibliography
37355 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37361 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37362 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37363 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37370 \begin_layout Bibliography
37371 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37384 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37407 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37408 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37415 \begin_layout Bibliography
37416 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37429 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37438 \begin_layout Standard
37445 of the LaTeX-package
37450 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37451 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37458 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37459 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37466 \begin_layout Bibliography
37467 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37476 \begin_layout Standard
37480 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37490 \begin_layout Standard
37497 of the LaTeX-package
37502 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37503 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37510 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37511 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37518 \begin_layout Bibliography
37519 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37528 \begin_layout Standard
37532 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37549 of the LaTeX-package
37554 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37555 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37562 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37563 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37570 \begin_layout Bibliography
37571 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37580 \begin_layout Standard
37584 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37593 \begin_layout Standard
37600 of the LaTeX-package
37605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37606 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37613 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37614 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37621 \begin_layout Bibliography
37622 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37631 \begin_layout Standard
37635 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37644 \begin_layout Standard
37651 of the LaTeX-package
37656 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37657 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37664 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37665 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37672 \begin_layout Bibliography
37673 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37682 \begin_layout Standard
37686 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37702 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37705 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37706 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37713 \begin_layout Bibliography
37714 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37723 \begin_layout Standard
37727 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37743 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37746 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37747 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37754 \begin_layout Bibliography
37755 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37764 \begin_layout Standard
37768 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37777 \begin_layout Standard
37784 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37787 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37788 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37795 \begin_layout Bibliography
37796 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37805 \begin_layout Standard
37809 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37818 \begin_layout Standard
37825 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37828 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37829 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37836 \begin_layout Bibliography
37837 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37846 \begin_layout Standard
37850 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37859 \begin_layout Standard
37866 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37869 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37870 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37877 \begin_layout Bibliography
37878 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37891 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
37900 \begin_layout Standard
37907 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37910 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37911 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37922 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37923 options "biblio/alphadin"
37924 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37932 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37939 \begin_layout Standard
37943 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37953 \begin_inset Note Note
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37963 is explained in the
37968 It creates a TOC entry.
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37972 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37973 two different ones in one document.
37981 \begin_layout Standard
37984 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37989 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex